WO2016136476A1 - Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016136476A1
WO2016136476A1 PCT/JP2016/053983 JP2016053983W WO2016136476A1 WO 2016136476 A1 WO2016136476 A1 WO 2016136476A1 JP 2016053983 W JP2016053983 W JP 2016053983W WO 2016136476 A1 WO2016136476 A1 WO 2016136476A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
general formula
substituent
repeating unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/053983
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
修史 平野
暁 高田
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2017502055A priority Critical patent/JP6476276B2/en
Publication of WO2016136476A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016136476A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern formation method using a developer containing an organic solvent, an actinic ray-sensitive property, or a photoluminescence process, which is suitably used in an ultramicrolithography process such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips and other photofabrication processes.
  • the present invention relates to a radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device using these, and an electronic device. More specifically, a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive, which can be suitably used for microfabrication of a semiconductor element using an electron beam or EUV light (wavelength: around 13 nm).
  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device using these, and an electronic device.
  • an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as an image forming method for a resist in order to compensate for sensitivity reduction due to light absorption.
  • An example of a positive-type chemical amplification image forming method will be described.
  • the acid generator in the exposed area is decomposed to generate an acid
  • the acid generated in the post-exposure baking (PEB) is a reaction catalyst. Is used to change an alkali-insoluble group to an alkali-soluble group, and an exposed portion is removed by alkali development.
  • a positive-type image forming method using this chemical amplification mechanism is currently mainstream (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • the pattern collapse is more likely to occur. From the viewpoint of preventing such pattern collapse, the resist film needs to be thinned. However, as the resist film becomes thinner as a result of pursuing miniaturization, a dilemma may occur that the resist film becomes less resistant to etching and cannot function as a resist film.
  • the present invention has been developed in view of such circumstances, and is a pattern forming method capable of forming an isolated space pattern that is excellent in etching resistance and has a fine (for example, several tens of nm order), actinic ray sensitivity or It is an object to provide a radiation-sensitive resin composition and an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the present invention also provides an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using a pattern forming method that is excellent in etching resistance and can form a fine (for example, several tens of nm order) isolated space pattern. For the purpose.
  • the present invention is as follows.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing at least a resin (Ab) containing a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group Forming a film using the composition; Exposing the film; and The pattern formation method including the process of developing the film
  • a 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • a 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group
  • a 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group.
  • R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • At least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
  • R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • R 22 represents a substituent
  • L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • R 32 represents a substituent
  • L 31 represents a divalent linking group
  • a 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • a 33 Represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 42 may form a ring with Ar 4 or X 4, R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —.
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) is a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1) or (ALG2) A pattern forming method according to any one of the above.
  • R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 2 represents a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method comprising: An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing at least a resin (Ab) containing a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group Composition.
  • a 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • a 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group
  • a 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group.
  • R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • At least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
  • R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • R 22 represents a substituent
  • L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • R 32 represents a substituent
  • L 31 represents a divalent linking group
  • p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • a 31 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • a 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 31 the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 42 may form a ring with Ar 4 or X 4, R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —.
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) is a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1) or (ALG2)
  • AAG1 or AG2 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1.
  • R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 2 represents a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using a pattern forming method that has excellent etching resistance and can form a fine isolated space pattern on the order of several tens of nm It has become possible.
  • the notation that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only a substituent but also a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • Actinic ray or “radiation” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet (EUV) ray, an X-ray or an electron beam (EB). Yes.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present invention is not only exposure with far-ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays and EUV light, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Are also included in the exposure.
  • far-ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays and EUV light
  • particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises: Forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; Exposing the film, The film after exposure is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developer) to form a negative pattern.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is negative-type development (when exposed, the solubility in the developer decreases, the exposed area remains as a pattern, and the unexposed area is removed. Development). That is, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development used for development using an organic solvent developer. it can.
  • the term “for organic solvent development” means an application that is used in a step of developing using a developer containing at least an organic solvent.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, particularly a negative resist composition (that is, a resist composition for developing an organic solvent). It is preferable because a high effect can be obtained.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a resin (Ab) containing an acid-decomposable repeating unit.
  • the resin (Ab) is a resin whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid.
  • the acid-decomposable repeating unit is, for example, a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes into the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both the main chain and side chain by the action of an acid. ).
  • the group generated by the decomposition is preferably a polar group, since the affinity with a developer containing an organic solvent is lowered and insolubilization or insolubilization (negative conversion) proceeds.
  • the resin (Ab) is at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (Aba)”) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. .)including.
  • a 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • a 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group
  • a 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group.
  • R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • At least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
  • a 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by A 11 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aromatic ring group, and a hydroxy group. These groups excluding the hydroxy group may further have a substituent.
  • a 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, and at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring group represented by A 11 and A 12 include an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, or a thiophene ring, furan, etc.
  • Preferred examples include aromatic ring groups including heterocycles such as rings, pyrrole rings, benzothiophene rings, benzofuran rings, benzopyrrole rings, triazine rings, imidazole rings, benzimidazole rings, triazole rings, thiadiazole rings, and thiazole rings. More preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and particularly preferably a benzene ring group. These aromatic rings may have a substituent.
  • L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 11, an alkylene group, aromatic ring group, a cycloalkylene group, -COO-L 1 '-, - O-L 1' -, - CONH-, these two or more And the like are formed by combining these groups.
  • L 1 ′ represents an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20), an aromatic ring group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aromatic ring group.
  • the alkylene group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group. .
  • An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the cycloalkylene group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropylene group, a cyclobutylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group. Group, cycloheptylene group, cyclooctylene group, norbornylene group or adamantylene group.
  • alkylene group, cycloalkylene group and aromatic ring group represented by L 1 ′ are the same as those in the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group and aromatic ring group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11. is there.
  • alkylene group and aromatic group in the group in which the alkylene group and the aromatic ring group represented by L 1 ′ are combined are those in the alkylene group and aromatic ring group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 It is the same.
  • a 12 and L 11 are preferably a single bond.
  • L 11 represents a divalent linking group.
  • the atom directly bonded to A 12 is not an oxygen atom.
  • it is preferable atom bonded directly to A 12 are carbon atoms.
  • the linking group L 11 is preferably an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group, and more preferably a methylene group.
  • a 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by A 13 alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, hydroxy group, and the like. These groups excluding the hydroxy group may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent represented by A 13 is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by A 13 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms that is, a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group for A 13 include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, and t-butyl group. Can do.
  • a 13 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. It is more preferably a group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1).
  • R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 is preferably a group represented by * —C (R 111 ) (R 112 ) (R 113 ).
  • * represents a bond connected to a carbon atom in the structure represented by the general formula (ALG1).
  • R 111 to R 113 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • the alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Is more preferable.
  • alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, 2 -Ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group and the like can be mentioned, and the alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group.
  • At least two of R 111 to R 113 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group, and all of R 111 to R 113 are an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, It preferably represents an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 111 to R 113 may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is still more preferable.
  • cycloalkyl group represented by R 111 to R 113 include, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a cyclodecyl group, and a 1-adamantyl group. , 2-adamantyl group, 1-norbornyl group, 2-norbornyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and a plurality of aromatic rings are bonded to each other via a single bond. It also includes linked structures (eg, biphenyl group, terphenyl group). Specific examples of the aryl group of R 111 to R 113 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthranyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, and the like. The aryl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the aralkyl group of R 111 to R 113 include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a heterocyclic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heterocyclic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the heterocyclic group represented by R 111 to R 113 include, for example, pyridyl group, pyrazyl group, tetrahydrofuranyl group, tetrahydropyranyl group, tetrahydrothiophene group, piperidyl group, piperazyl group, furanyl group, pyranyl group, chromanyl group. Etc.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group as R 111 to R 113 may further have a substituent.
  • alkyl group as R 111 to R 113 may further have include a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group.
  • the above substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring when the above substituents are bonded to each other to form a ring include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. .
  • Examples of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group as R 111 to R 113 can further have include the above-described groups as specific examples of the alkyl group and the substituent that the alkyl group can further have.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the number of carbon atoms of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may further have are preferably 1 to 8, respectively.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group as R 111 to R 113 may further have include a halogen atom such as a nitro group and a fluorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, and an alkyl group.
  • Group preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • alkoxy group preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkyl group preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • aryl group preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms
  • alkoxycarbonyl examples thereof include a group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), and the like.
  • At least two of R 111 to R 113 may form a ring with each other.
  • examples of the ring formed include a tetrahydropyran ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, an adamantane ring, a norbornene ring, and a norbornane ring.
  • These rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that can be included include an alkyl group and the groups described above as specific examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may further have.
  • examples of the ring formed include an adamantane ring, norbornane ring, norbornene ring, bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, bicyclo [3, 1,1] heptane ring.
  • an adamantane ring is particularly preferred.
  • substituents may be included include the alkyl group and the groups described above as specific examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may further have.
  • the monovalent substituent of R 2 is preferably a group represented by * -MQ.
  • * Represents a bond linked to the oxygen atom of the general formula (ALG1).
  • M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • the divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group), a cycloalkylene group.
  • an alkylene group preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group
  • a cycloalkylene group preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group
  • a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms such as a cyclopentylene group or a cyclohexylene group
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, Hexyl group and octyl group).
  • M is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group comprising a combination of an alkylene group and at least one of —O—, —CO—, —CS— and —N (R 0 ) —.
  • a divalent linking group comprising a bond, an alkylene group, or a combination of an alkylene group and —O— is more preferable.
  • R 0 has the same meaning as R 0 described above.
  • M may further have a substituent, and the substituent that M may further have is the same as the substituent that the alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 described above may have.
  • alkyl group as Q are the same as those described for the alkyl group as R 111 to R 113 described above, for example.
  • the cycloalkyl group as Q may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a 1-adamantyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, a 1-norbornyl group, a 2-norbornyl group, Bornyl group, isobornyl group, 4-tetracyclo [6.2.1.1 3,6 .
  • a 0 2,7 ] dodecyl group, an 8-tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl group, and a 2-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group are preferable.
  • a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, an 8-tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl group, and a 2-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group are preferable.
  • aryl group as Q are the same as those described for the aryl group as R 111 to R 113 described above, for example.
  • heterocyclic group as Q are the same as those described for the heterocyclic group as R 111 to R 113 described above, for example.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group as Q may have a substituent, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group. And an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkyl group substituted with a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryloxyalkyl group or a heterocyclic group, and more preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • alkyl group substituted by a cycloalkyl group “aralkyl group (arylalkyl group)” and “aryloxyalkyl group” as R 2 are the alkylene group as M, respectively. This is the same as that described in.
  • heterocyclic group as R 2 are the same as those described for the heterocyclic group as Q.
  • substituent represented by R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylethyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, and 8-tricyclo [5.2.1. 0 2,6 ] decyl group, 2-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group, benzyl group, 2-phenethyl group, 2-phenoxyethylene group and the like.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is preferably an oxygen-containing heterocyclic ring.
  • the oxygen-containing heterocyclic structure may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic, and is preferably a monocyclic oxygen-containing heterocyclic structure, preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably Is 4 or 5.
  • R 1 and R 2 are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • M when M is a divalent linking group, Q may be bonded to M via a single bond or another linking group to form a ring.
  • the other linking group include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • R 3 examples include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or ethyl group. It is more preferably a group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the acid leaving group represented by R 11 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (ALG2).
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group for R 4 to R 6 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 4 to R 6 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group. Groups are preferred.
  • Examples of the ring formed by combining two of R 4 to R 6 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, adamantyl group, etc.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • one of the methylene groups constituting the ring is replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. May be.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group.
  • substituents include carbonyl groups (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and those having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the leaving group represented by General Formula (ALG2) is, for example, R 4 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and R 5 and R 6 are bonded to form the above cycloalkyl group.
  • R 4 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
  • R 5 and R 6 are bonded to form the above cycloalkyl group.
  • the aspect which forms is preferable.
  • the acid leaving group represented by R 31 is a group represented by the general formula (ALG2)
  • R 4 , R 5, and R 6 in the general formula (ALG2) The two selected are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the acid leaving group R 11 other than the groups represented by the general formulas (ALG1) and (ALG2) described above include, for example, —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C ( ⁇ O ) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C ( ⁇ O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) Etc.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • r 11 is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
  • the repeating unit (Aba) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab2).
  • R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • R 22 represents a substituent
  • L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
  • the acid leaving group represented by R 21 has the same meaning as the acid leaving group represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above, and the general formula (ALG1) or A group represented by the general formula (ALG2) is preferable.
  • R 22 represents a substituent that the aromatic ring in the formula may have, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, and a hydroxy group.
  • q 21 represents the number of substitutions by R 22 , is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 21 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by L11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above.
  • L 21 is preferably a single bond.
  • p 21 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the repeating unit (Aba) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab3).
  • R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • R 32 represents a substituent
  • L 31 represents a divalent linking group
  • p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • a 31 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • a 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
  • the acid leaving group represented by R 31 has the same meaning as the acid leaving group represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above, and the general formula (ALG1) or A group represented by the general formula (ALG2) is preferable.
  • R 31 when the acid leaving group represented by R 31 is a group represented by the general formula (ALG1), R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (ALG1) are bonded to each other. It is preferable not to form a ring.
  • the acid leaving group represented by R 31 is a group represented by the general formula (ALG2)
  • R 4 , R 5, and R 6 in the general formula (ALG2) The two selected are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 32 represents a substituent that the aromatic ring in the formula may have, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, and a hydroxy group.
  • q 31 represents the number of substitutions by R 32 , and is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 31 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above.
  • L 31 is preferably an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group, and more preferably a methylene group.
  • a 31 has the same meaning as A 11 in general formula (Ab1), A 33 is as defined to A 13 in the general formula (Ab1).
  • p 31 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
  • r 31 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
  • repeating unit (Aba) Specific examples of the repeating unit (Aba) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the content of the repeating units represented by the above general formula (Ab1) in the resin (Ab) (the total when there are a plurality of types) is 10 to 90 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (Ab). It is preferably 20 to 75 mol%, more preferably 30 to 60 mol%.
  • Resin (Ab) may further have an acid-decomposable group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, separately from the repeating unit (Aba).
  • Examples of the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a thiol group.
  • Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C ( ⁇ O) — OC (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C ( ⁇ O) —O— C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) and the like can be mentioned.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the resin (Ab) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 42 may be bonded to Ar 4 or X 4 to form a ring, and R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. (Here, R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
  • L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the alkyl group for R 41 , R 42 and R 43 is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, which may have a substituent, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, more preferably alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms, particularly preferably alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of R 41, R 42, R 43 are the same as those in the above-described alkyl group R 41, R 42, R 43.
  • halogen atoms for R 41 , R 42 and R 43 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferred.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group in the case where n is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenylene group, or the like.
  • Examples of preferred aromatic ring groups include heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole.
  • n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the group formed can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • the alkylene group for L 4 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an optionally substituted methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group and octylene group.
  • the alkylene group represented by X 4 is the same as that in the alkylene group as the divalent linking group represented by L in formula (Ab), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the alkylene group as R 42 may be linear or branched and has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. preferable.
  • the alkylene group as X 4 may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group for R 64 in, the same as the alkyl group of R 41 ⁇ R 43.
  • X 4 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO— or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.
  • Ar 4 is more preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and particularly preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group or a biphenylene ring group.
  • the repeating unit (b) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • Preferred substituents in each of the above groups include, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyls. Groups, acyloxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, cyano groups, nitro groups and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A1) or (A2).
  • R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • repeating unit (b) represented by the general formula (A) in addition to those shown below, those described in paragraphs 0226 to 0227 of JP 2014-41328 A can be used, These contents are incorporated herein.
  • Resin (Ab) may contain two or more types of repeating units represented by the general formula (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (A) in the resin (Ab) (the total in the case of containing a plurality of types) is relative to the developer containing an organic solvent in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. From the viewpoint of improving the dissolution contrast, it is preferably 10 to 70 mol%, more preferably 15 to 55 mol%, most preferably 20 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (Ab). is there.
  • Resin (Ab) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A5).
  • X is a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, acyl group, acyloxy group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, carboxyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, or Represents an aralkyl group.
  • a 4 represents a hydrocarbon group that is not eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • examples of the hydrocarbon group that is not eliminated by the action of the acid A 4 include hydrocarbon groups other than the acid-decomposable groups, such as an alkyl that is not eliminated by the action of the acid.
  • a group preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • a cycloalkyl group that is not eliminated by the action of an acid preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group that is not eliminated by the action of an acid preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms
  • the hydrocarbon group that is not eliminated by the action of the acid of A 4 may be further substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or the like.
  • the resin (Ab) may have a repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
  • the repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-10).
  • the repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-3). More preferably, it is represented by:
  • Ra independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 .
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • R 1 represents an (n + 1) valent organic group.
  • R 2 independently represents a single bond or an (n + 1) -valent organic group when m ⁇ 2.
  • OP each independently represents the above group which decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group.
  • n ⁇ 2 and / or m ⁇ 2 two or more OPs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • n and m represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • n is 1 when R 2 represents a single bond.
  • L represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—.
  • Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • R each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group.
  • R L each independently represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group when m ⁇ 2.
  • R S each independently represents a substituent when p ⁇ 2.
  • plural structured R S may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • P represents an integer from 0 to 3.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 .
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. W is preferably a methylene group or an oxygen atom.
  • R 1 represents an (n + 1) valent organic group.
  • R 1 is preferably a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 is more preferably an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 represents a single bond or an (n + 1) valent organic group.
  • R 2 is preferably a single bond or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is a chain hydrocarbon group
  • the chain hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched.
  • the chain hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is an alkylene group
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is a methylene group, ethylene group, n-propylene group, isopropylene group, n-butylene group, isobutylene group or sec- A butylene group is preferred.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • This alicyclic hydrocarbon group has, for example, a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo or tetracyclo structure.
  • the carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is usually 5 or more, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 25.
  • Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include those having the partial structures listed below. Each of these partial structures may have a substituent.
  • the methylene group (—CH 2 —) includes an oxygen atom (—O—), a sulfur atom (—S—), a carbonyl group [—C ( ⁇ O) —], a sulfonyl group [— —S ( ⁇ O) 2 —], sulfinyl group [—S ( ⁇ O) —], or imino group [—N (R) —] (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) may be substituted.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 when R 1 and / or R 2 is a cycloalkylene group, R 1 and / or R 2 may be an adamantylene group, a noradamantylene group, a decahydronaphthylene group, a tricyclodecanylene group, a tetracyclododeca group.
  • Nylene group, norbornylene group, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group, cycloheptylene group, cyclooctylene group, cyclodecanylene group, or cyclododecanylene group are preferable, and adamantylene group, norbornylene group, cyclohexylene group, cyclopentylene It is more preferable that they are a len group, a tetracyclododecanylene group, or a tricyclodecanylene group.
  • the non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of R 1 and / or R 2 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the above alkyl group, alkoxy group and alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent.
  • a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group are mentioned, for example.
  • L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—.
  • Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • L 1 is preferably a linking group represented by —COO—, —CONH— or —Ar—, and more preferably a linking group represented by —COO— or —CONH—.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkynyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • R 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group. That is, L 3 represents a trivalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include corresponding groups in specific examples described later.
  • R L represents a (n + 1) -valent linking group. That is, R L represents a divalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, and corresponding groups in the specific examples described below. R L may be bonded to each other or bonded to the following R S to form a ring structure.
  • R S represents a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a halogen atom.
  • N is an integer of 1 or more.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • n is 2 or more, it is possible to further improve the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent. Accordingly, in this way, the limit resolution and roughness characteristics can be further improved.
  • M is an integer of 1 or more.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • L is an integer of 0 or more. l is preferably 0 or 1.
  • P is an integer from 0 to 3.
  • the repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group.
  • Ra and OP have the same meanings as in general formulas (I-1) to (I-3).
  • the corresponding ring structure is represented as “OPO” for convenience.
  • the group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-1) to (II-4).
  • R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. At least two R 5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • the group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is also preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-5) to (II-9).
  • R 4 has the same meaning as in formulas (II-1) to (II-3).
  • R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the general formulas (II-1) to (II-3). More preferably, it is represented by 1) or (II-3), and particularly preferably represented by formula (II-1).
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above.
  • R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R 3 may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • Examples of the alkyl group for R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and an n-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group for R 3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 4 to 8.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • At least one of R 3 is preferably a monovalent organic group. When such a configuration is employed, particularly high sensitivity can be achieved.
  • R 4 represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. These alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 preferably has no substituent, or preferably has one or more aryl groups and / or one or more silyl groups as substituents.
  • the carbon number of the unsubstituted alkyl group is preferably 1-20.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more silyl groups is preferably 1-30. Further, when the cycloalkyl group of R 4 has no substituent, the carbon number thereof is preferably 3-20.
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. However, when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. When the alkyl group does not have a substituent, the carbon number thereof is preferably 1 to 6, and preferably 1 to 3.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above.
  • R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having no substituent.
  • R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having no substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 4 , R 5, and R 6 include the same as those described above for R 3 .
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • the above repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be one type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group in the resin (Ab) is preferably 10 to 90 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (Ab), More preferably, it is 30 to 80 mol%, and most preferably 50 to 70 mol%.
  • Resin (Ab) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4).
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L 42 represents a divalent linking group.
  • S represents a structural site that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in the side chain.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (4) include, for example, those described in paragraphs 0195 to 0209 of JP2014-41328A, paragraphs 0016 to 0145 of JP2013-54196A, and the like. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (4) in the resin (Ab) is preferably in the range of 1 to 40 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (Ab), and in the range of 2 to 30 mol%. Is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 25 mol% is particularly preferable.
  • the resin (Ab) preferably contains a repeating unit (b ′) having a polar group, which is different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A).
  • the repeating unit (b ′) is preferably a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit (that is, having no acid-decomposable group).
  • Examples of the “polar group” that can be contained in the repeating unit (b ′) include the following (1) to (4).
  • electrogativity means a value by Pauling.
  • Examples of such a polar group include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • Functional group including a structure in which two atoms having electronegativity different by 0.5 or more are bonded by a double bond or a triple bond.
  • the polar group that can be contained in the repeating unit (b ′) is a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, an ammonium group, a sulfonium group, a carbonate group (— O—CO—O—) (for example, cyclic carbonate structure, etc.) and a group formed by combining two or more of these are preferable, and an alcoholic hydroxy group, cyano group, lactone group, sultone group, or A group containing a cyanolactone structure is particularly preferred.
  • the exposure latitude (EL) of the composition containing the resin can be further improved.
  • the sensitivity of the resin-containing composition can be further improved.
  • the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved. This also makes it possible to further improve the dry etching resistance, coating properties, and adhesion to the substrate of the resin-containing composition.
  • the resin further contains a repeating unit having a group containing a lactone structure having a cyano group
  • the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved.
  • This also makes it possible to further improve the sensitivity, dry etching resistance, applicability, and adhesion to the substrate of the composition containing the resin.
  • this makes it possible for a single repeating unit to have a function attributable to each of the cyano group and the lactone group, thereby further increasing the degree of freedom in designing the resin.
  • the polar group of the repeating unit (b ′) is an alcoholic hydroxy group
  • it is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) .
  • it is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-3H), and is preferably represented by the following general formula (I-1H). Further preferred.
  • Ra, R 1 , R 2 , W, n, m, l, L 1 , R, R 0 , L 3 , R L , R S and p are represented by the general formulas (I-1) to (I ⁇ It is synonymous with each of 10).
  • a repeating unit having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group and a repeating unit represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H)
  • the unit is used in combination, for example, by suppressing acid diffusion due to an alcoholic hydroxy group and increasing sensitivity due to a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group, without degrading other performances,
  • the exposure latitude (EL) can be improved.
  • the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (Ab). It is.
  • repeating unit represented by any one of the general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) are shown below.
  • Ra has the same meaning as that in formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H).
  • a preferable repeating unit is a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Can be mentioned. At this time, it is preferable not to have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diamantyl group, or a norbornane group.
  • partial structures represented by the following general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) are preferred. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
  • R 2 c to R 4 c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, at least one of R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group. Preferably, one or two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the remaining is a hydrogen atom. In the general formula (VIIa), more preferably, two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a partial structure represented by the general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) include the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
  • R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 2 c ⁇ R 4 c is in the general formula (VIIa) ⁇ (VIIc), the same meanings as R 2 c ⁇ R 4 c.
  • the resin (Ab) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group in the resin (Ab)
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units.
  • repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the repeating unit (b ′) may be a repeating unit having a lactone structure as a polar group.
  • repeating unit having a lactone structure a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is more preferable.
  • Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
  • the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
  • the halogen atom for Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl structure, an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonyl group, or a divalent linking group obtained by combining these.
  • Ab is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group represented by —Ab 1 —CO 2 —.
  • Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, and preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, an adamantylene group, or a norbornylene group.
  • V represents a group having a lactone structure.
  • any group having a lactone structure can be used, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is added to the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure.
  • Those in which other ring structures are condensed in the form to be formed are preferred.
  • the lactone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-8), (LC1-13), (LC1-14).
  • the lactone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a monovalent cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. , Carboxyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring. .
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
  • One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
  • the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • the resin (Ab) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure, but when it contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure, the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure in the resin (Ab) Is preferably in the range of 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 65 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all repeating units.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the sultone groups possessed by the resin (Ab) are preferably the following general formulas (SL-1) and (SL-2).
  • Rb 2 and n 2 have the same meanings as in the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) described above.
  • a lactone group in the repeating unit having a lactone group described above is preferably substituted with a sultone group.
  • the polar group that the repeating unit (b ′) may have is an acidic group.
  • Preferred acidic groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (eg hexafluoroisopropanol group), sulfonamide groups, sulfonylimide groups, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups, Alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, A tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group is mentioned.
  • the repeating unit (b) is more preferably a repeating unit having a carboxyl group.
  • the repeating unit having an acidic group includes a repeating unit in which an acidic group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acidic group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group. It is preferable to use a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having a repeating unit bonded to each other, or an acidic group, at the time of polymerization and introduce it at the end of the polymer chain. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
  • the acidic group that the repeating unit (b ′) may have may or may not contain an aromatic ring.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acidic group is preferably 30 mol% or less, and 20 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (Ab). It is more preferable that When resin (Ab) contains the repeating unit which has an acidic group, content of the repeating unit which has an acidic group in resin (Ab) is 1 mol% or more normally.
  • repeating unit having an acidic group Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acidic group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • Resin (Ab) may have a repeating unit (c) having a plurality of aromatic rings represented by the following general formula (c1).
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or a nitro group; Y represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Ar represents an aromatic ring group; p represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the resin (Ab) may or may not contain the repeating unit (c), but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit (c) is 1 to 30 with respect to the entire repeating unit of the resin (Ab). It is preferably in the range of mol%, more preferably in the range of 1 to 20 mol%, still more preferably in the range of 1 to 15 mol%.
  • the repeating unit (c) contained in the resin (Ab) may contain a combination of two or more types.
  • the resin (Ab) in the present invention may appropriately have a repeating unit other than the repeating units (a) to (c).
  • a repeating unit it can further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the above-mentioned acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. .
  • a polar group for example, the above-mentioned acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group
  • the solubility of the resin can be appropriately adjusted during development using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • Examples of such a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group.
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkenyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group and the like, and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and cyclohexenyl group.
  • a preferred monocyclic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.)
  • Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobrendane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 .
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene.
  • a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
  • Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done.
  • Preferred halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine and fluorine atoms, and preferred alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl and t-butyl groups.
  • the alkyl group described above may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may further include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. The group can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the hydrogen atom substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkyloxycarbonyl group.
  • Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • preferred substituted methyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl groups, and preferred substituted ethyl groups.
  • acyl groups include aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl and pivaloyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the group include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the resin (Ab) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability.
  • the content is preferably from 1 to 20 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 15 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (Ab).
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (Ab) may contain the following monomer components in view of effects such as improvement in Tg, improvement in dry edging resistance, and the above-described internal filter for out-of-band light.
  • Resin (Ab) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V) or the following general formula (VI).
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group or an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, It represents a halogen atom, an ester group (—OCOR or —COOR: R is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
  • n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (V) or the general formula (VI) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the resin (Ab) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
  • the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O— in the formula.
  • N represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the resist dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general resist requirements. It is appropriately set in order to adjust the resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are performance.
  • the form of the resin (Ab) of the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
  • Resin (Ab) can be synthesized, for example, by radical, cation, or anionic polymerization of unsaturated monomers corresponding to each structure. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
  • an unsaturated monomer and a polymerization initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the unsaturated monomer and the polymerization initiator is added to the heating solvent for 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method etc. which are dropped and added over are mentioned, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • Examples of the solvent used for the polymerization include a solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described below, and more preferably the composition of the present invention. Polymerization is preferably carried out using the same solvent as used in the above. Thereby, generation
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
  • a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
  • azo initiator an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like.
  • the polymerization may be performed in the presence of a chain transfer agent (for example, alkyl mercaptan).
  • the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 30 ° C to 120 ° C, more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours, and more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less.
  • Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent
  • a normal method such as a method can be applied.
  • the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times the volume of the reaction solution.
  • the solvent used for the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution may be any poor solvent for this polymer.
  • hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro A compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use.
  • a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
  • the amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
  • the temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.).
  • the precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
  • Precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
  • the resin may be dissolved again in a solvent, and the resin may be brought into contact with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent. That is, after completion of the radical polymerization reaction, a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is brought into contact, the resin is precipitated (step a), the resin is separated from the solution (step b), and the resin solution A is dissolved again in the solvent. (Step c), and then, the resin solution A is brought into contact with a solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount less than 10 times that of the resin solution A (preferably 5 times or less).
  • This may be a method including precipitating a resin solid (step d) and separating the precipitated resin (step e).
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
  • a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
  • azo initiator an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like.
  • an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery.
  • the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
  • the molecular weight of the resin (Ab) according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight is preferably in the range of 1000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 1500 to 60000, and in the range of 2000 to 30000. It is particularly preferred. By setting the weight average molecular weight in the range of 1,000 to 100,000, it is possible to prevent deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance, and also prevent deterioration of developability and film formation due to increased viscosity. be able to.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a polystyrene equivalent molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably 1.00 to 5.00, more preferably 1.03 to 3.50, and still more preferably 1.05 to 2.50.
  • Resin (Ab) of this invention can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the resin (Ab) is preferably 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 89% by mass, based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. 40 to 79% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • Resin (B) which is different from resin (Ab) and decomposes by the action of an acid and changes its solubility in a developer.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is different from the resin (Ab) in that it decomposes by the action of an acid and changes its solubility in a developer (hereinafter also referred to as a resin (B)). You may contain.
  • Resin (B) is a resin having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”).
  • Resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Examples of the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a thiol group.
  • Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C ( ⁇ O) — OC (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C ( ⁇ O) —O— C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) and the like can be mentioned.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • Resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably from 3,000 to 15 in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 1,000, particularly preferably 3,000 to 10,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented, and developability is deteriorated, and viscosity is increased, resulting in deterioration of film forming property. Can be prevented.
  • the degree of dispersion is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2.6, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 1.7.
  • Resin (B) may be used in combination of two or more.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain the resin (B). However, when it is contained, the amount of the resin (B) added is the actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive. It is usually 1 to 50% by mass, preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the radiation resin composition.
  • the resin (B) is described in paragraphs [0059] to [0169] of JP-A No. 2010-217884, and described in paragraphs [0214] to [0594] of Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-217048. Things.
  • (B) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation
  • the composition of the present invention comprises a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator” or “photoacid generation”). It is preferable to contain an agent.
  • the acid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a publicly known acid generator, but upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, at least any of organic acids such as sulfonic acid, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide. Compounds that generate such are preferred.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above. It may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • Non-nucleophilic anions include, for example, sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphor sulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyls). Carboxylate anion, etc.), sulfonylimide anion, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion and the like.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number. Examples include 3 to 30 cycloalkyl groups.
  • the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms).
  • an alkylthio group preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an alkylsulfonyl group preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an alkyliminosulfonyl group preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an aryloxysulfonyl group preferably a carbon atom Number 6 to 20
  • alkylaryloxysulfonyl group preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkylary Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like.
  • examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15).
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like.
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like.
  • a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. This increases the acid strength.
  • non-nucleophilic anions examples include fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ⁇ ), fluorinated antimony (eg, SbF 6 ⁇ ), and the like. .
  • non-nucleophilic anion examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least ⁇ -position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group having a fluorine atom And a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion (more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms), a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, or perfluorooctane.
  • the pKa of the generated acid is preferably ⁇ 1 or less in order to improve sensitivity.
  • an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) can be mentioned as a preferred embodiment.
  • Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2 , they may be the same or different.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
  • A represents a cyclic organic group.
  • X represents an integer of 1 to 20
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 may be mentioned, among which a fluorine atom and CF 3 are preferable.
  • both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group having a substituent for R 1 and R 2 include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , and C 7 F 15.
  • C 8 F 17, CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 can be mentioned, among which CF 3 is preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
  • X is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5.
  • Y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
  • Z is preferably from 0 to 5, and more preferably from 0 to 3.
  • the divalent linking group of L is not particularly limited, and is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, An alkenylene group or a linking group in which a plurality of these groups are linked can be exemplified, and a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred. Of these, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, and —O— are preferable, and —COO— and —OCO— are more preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and is not limited to alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having aromaticity but also aromaticity). And the like).
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecane group.
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a nyl group and an adamantyl group is preferred.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, or the like is present in the film in the post-exposure heating step. Diffusivity can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving MEEF.
  • aryl group examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring.
  • heterocyclic group examples include those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Of these, those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring and a pyridine ring are preferred.
  • examples of the cyclic organic group may include a lactone structure, and specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) that may be included in the resin (Ab). Can be mentioned.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cyclo Alkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide Group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group and the like.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202, and R 203 include an aryl group, an alkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups.
  • aryl group in addition to a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue and a pyrrole residue can be used.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group More preferable examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, and an n-butyl group. More preferable examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cycloheptyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms).
  • An aryl group preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms
  • an alkoxycarbonyl group preferably 2
  • R 1a to R 13a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 1a to R 13a are preferably not hydrogen atoms, and more preferably any one of R 9a to R 13a is not a hydrogen atom.
  • Za is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X ⁇ has the same meaning as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • R 1a to R 13a are not a hydrogen atom include halogen atoms, linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, and carboxyl groups.
  • R 1a to R 13a are not a hydrogen atom, it is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for Za include an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylamino group, a sulfonylamide group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an amino group, a disulfide group, and — (CH 2 ) N —CO—, — (CH 2 ) n —SO 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—, aminocarbonylamino group, aminosulfonylamino group and the like (n is an integer of 1 to 3).
  • preferable structures in the case where at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is not an aryl group include paragraphs 0047 and 0048 of JP-A-2004-233661 and paragraphs 0040 to 340 of JP-A-2003-35948.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are the same as the aryl group described as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent.
  • this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI) may have.
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI).
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represents an aryl group.
  • R 208 , R 209 and R 210 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
  • aryl group represented by Ar 3 , Ar 4 , R 208 , R 209, and R 210 are the same as the specific examples of the aryl group represented by R 201 , R 202, and R 203 in the general formula (ZI). Can be mentioned.
  • alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 , R 209 and R 210 include specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 in the general formula (ZI), respectively. The same can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group of A is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 carbon atoms.
  • To 12 alkenylene groups for example, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.
  • the arylene group of A is an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.) Each can be mentioned.
  • the acid generator include those described below, for example, paragraphs 0368 to 0377 of JP-A-2014-41328, paragraphs 0240 to 0262 of JP-A-2013-228881, US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / And those described in paragraph 0339 of the specification of 004533.
  • the acid generator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid generator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. %.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes one or two compounds that decompose by the action of an acid to generate an acid. More than one species may be included.
  • the acid generated from the compound that decomposes by the action of the acid to generate an acid is preferably a sulfonic acid, a methide acid, or an imido acid.
  • Examples of the compound capable of being decomposed by the action of an acid and generating an acid that can be used in the present invention include those described in JP-A-2014-41328, paragraphs 0379 to 0382, and these compounds can be used. The contents are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the compound that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an acid is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the content is more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass.
  • Resist solvent coating solvent
  • the solvent that can be used in preparing the composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve each component.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; also known as 1-methoxy- 2-acetoxypropane)
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol)
  • lactate alkyl ester ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, etc.
  • cyclic lactone ⁇ - Butyrolactone, preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms, chain or cyclic ketone (2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, etc., preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms
  • alkylene carbonate ethylene carbonate, propylene, etc.
  • alkyl carboxylic acids alkyl acetate such as butyl acetate is preferred
  • an alkoxy alkyl acetates ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate.
  • Basic compound The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may further contain a basic compound.
  • the basic compound is preferably a compound having a stronger basicity than phenol.
  • this basic compound is preferably an organic basic compound, and more preferably a nitrogen-containing basic compound.
  • nitrogen-containing basic compound that can be used is not particularly limited, for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (7) can be used.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. However, at least one of the three Rs is an organic group. This organic group is a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12.
  • the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 3 to 20, and preferably 5 to 15.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 to 20, and preferably 6 to 10. Specific examples include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the carbon number of the aralkyl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 to 20, preferably 7 to 11. Specific examples include a benzyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, and an alkyloxycarbonyl group.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1) include tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, triisodecylamine, dicyclohexyl.
  • preferred basic compounds represented by the general formula (BS-1) include those in which at least one R is an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. Specific examples include triethanolamine and N, N-dihydroxyethylaniline.
  • the alkyl group as R may have an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain. That is, an oxyalkylene chain may be formed.
  • an oxyalkylene chain As the oxyalkylene chain, —CH 2 CH 2 O— is preferable.
  • tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine and compounds exemplified in the 60th and subsequent lines of column 3 of US6040112 can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the basic compound represented by the general formula (BS-1) having such a hydroxyl group or an oxygen atom include the following.
  • This nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Moreover, you may have two or more nitrogen atoms. Furthermore, you may contain hetero atoms other than nitrogen. Specifically, for example, compounds having an imidazole structure (2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, etc.), compounds having a piperidine structure [N-hydroxyethylpiperidine and bis (1,2,2) , 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate], compounds having a pyridine structure (such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine), and compounds having an antipyrine structure (such as antipyrine and hydroxyantipyrine).
  • Examples of compounds having a preferred nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include, for example, guanidine, aminopyridine, aminoalkylpyridine, aminopyrrolidine, indazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, purine, imidazoline, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine and Aminoalkylmorpholine is mentioned. These may further have a substituent.
  • Preferred substituents include, for example, amino group, aminoalkyl group, alkylamino group, aminoaryl group, arylamino group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, acyl group, acyloxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, nitro group, hydroxyl group And a cyano group.
  • Particularly preferable basic compounds include, for example, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, N-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 4,5-diphenylimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, 2 -Aminopyridine, 3-aminopyridine, 4-aminopyridine, 2-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 2-diethylaminopyridine, 2- (aminomethyl) pyridine, 2-amino-3-methylpyridine, 2- Amino-4-methylpyridine, 2-amino5-methylpyridine, 2-amino-6-methylpyridine, 3-aminoethylpyridine, 4-aminoethylpyridine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, piperazine, N- (2-aminoethyl ) Piperazine, N- (2-aminoe) L) Piperidine, 4-amino-2,2,6,6 tetra
  • a compound having two or more ring structures is also preferably used.
  • Specific examples include 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene and 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -undec-7-ene.
  • An amine compound having a phenoxy group is a compound having a phenoxy group at the terminal opposite to the N atom of the alkyl group contained in the amine compound.
  • the phenoxy group is, for example, a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, and an aryloxy group. You may have.
  • This compound more preferably has at least one oxyalkylene chain between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom.
  • the number of oxyalkylene chains in one molecule is preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • —CH 2 CH 2 O— is particularly preferable.
  • the amine compound having a phenoxy group is prepared by reacting, for example, a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group with a haloalkyl ether, and adding an aqueous solution of a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. And then extracted with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
  • the amine compound having a phenoxy group reacts by heating a primary or secondary amine and a haloalkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the terminal, and a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. It can also be obtained by adding an aqueous solution and then extracting with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
  • an ammonium salt can also be used as appropriate.
  • the cation of the ammonium salt is preferably a tetraalkylammonium cation substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as tetramethylammonium cation, tetraethylammonium cation, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium cation, tetra (n-heptyl) ammonium.
  • a cation, a tetra (n-octyl) ammonium cation, a dimethylhexadecylammonium cation, a benzyltrimethyl cation, and the like are more preferable, and a tetra (n-butyl) ammonium cation is most preferable.
  • ammonium salt anions include halides, sulfonates, borates, phosphates, hydroxides and carboxylates. Of these, hydroxide or carboxylate is particularly preferred.
  • halide chloride, bromide and iodide are particularly preferable.
  • sulfonate an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • examples of the organic sulfonate include alkyl sulfonates having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and aryl sulfonates.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent.
  • substituents include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an aryl group.
  • alkyl sulfonate examples include methane sulfonate, ethane sulfonate, butane sulfonate, hexane sulfonate, octane sulfonate, benzyl sulfonate, trifluoromethane sulfonate, pentafluoroethane sulfonate, and nonafluorobutane sulfonate.
  • aryl group contained in the aryl sulfonate examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. These aryl groups may have a substituent.
  • this substituent for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable. Specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, n-hexyl and cyclohexyl groups are preferred.
  • the other substituent include an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, cyano, nitro, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group.
  • the carboxylate may be an aliphatic carboxylate or an aromatic carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, lactate, birubate, trifluoroacetate, adamantane carboxylate, hydroxyadamantane carboxylate, benzoate, naphthoate, salicylate, phthalate, phenolate and the like. In particular, benzoate, naphthoate, phenolate and the like are preferable, and benzoate is most preferable.
  • the ammonium salt is preferably tetra (n-butyl) ammonium benzoate, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium phenolate, or the like.
  • the ammonium salt is a hydroxide
  • the ammonium salt is a tetraalkylammonium hydroxide having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra- (n-butyl) ammonium hydroxide, etc. Tetraalkylammonium hydroxide is particularly preferred.
  • a compound having a proton acceptor functional group and generating a compound which is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to decrease or disappear the proton acceptor property or change from proton acceptor property to acidity PA
  • the composition according to the present invention has a proton acceptor functional group as a basic compound, and is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, resulting in a decrease, disappearance, or a proton acceptor property. It may further contain a compound that generates a compound that has been changed to acidity (hereinafter also referred to as compound (PA)).
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having electrons or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons.
  • a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a ⁇ conjugate. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following general formula.
  • Examples of a preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether, an azacrown ether, a primary to tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate a compound whose proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group.
  • a proton adduct is formed from a compound having a proton acceptor functional group (PA) and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium is reduced.
  • Specific examples of the compound (PA) include the following compounds. Furthermore, as specific examples of the compound (PA), for example, those described in paragraphs 0421 to 0428 of JP2014-41328A and paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP2014-134686A can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a compound (PA) other than the compound that generates the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) can be appropriately selected.
  • an ionic compound that has a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety may be used.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is exemplified.
  • A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
  • M represents 1 or 2
  • n 1 or 2.
  • A is a sulfur atom
  • m + n 3
  • A is an iodine atom
  • m + n 2.
  • R represents an aryl group
  • R N represents an aryl group substituted with a proton acceptor functional group.
  • X ⁇ represents a counter anion
  • X ⁇ include those similar to Z— in the general formula (ZI) described above.
  • aryl group of R and R N is a phenyl group are preferably exemplified.
  • proton acceptor functional group R N are the same as those of the proton acceptor functional group described in the foregoing formula (PA-1).
  • the compounding ratio of the compound (PA) in the whole composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass in the total solid content.
  • composition of the present invention may further contain a guanidine compound having a structure represented by the following formula.
  • the guanidine compound exhibits strong basicity because the positive charge of the conjugate acid is dispersed and stabilized by three nitrogens.
  • the basicity of the guanidine compound (A) of the present invention is preferably such that the pKa of the conjugate acid is 6.0 or more, and 7.0 to 20.0 is high in neutralization reactivity with the acid, It is preferable because of excellent roughness characteristics, and more preferably 8.0 to 16.0.
  • pKa means pKa in an aqueous solution, and is described in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring an acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution, and using the software package 1 below, A value based on a database of constants and known literature values can also be obtained by calculation. The values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
  • log P is a logarithmic value of n-octanol / water partition coefficient (P), and is an effective parameter that can characterize the hydrophilicity / hydrophobicity of a wide range of compounds.
  • P n-octanol / water partition coefficient
  • the distribution coefficient is obtained by calculation without experimentation.
  • CSChemDrawUltraVer The value calculated by 8.0 software package (Crippen's fragmentation method) is shown.
  • logP of the guanidine compound (A) is 10 or less. By being below the above value, it can be contained uniformly in the resist film.
  • the log P of the guanidine compound (A) is preferably in the range of 2 to 10, more preferably in the range of 3 to 8, and still more preferably in the range of 4 to 8.
  • the guanidine compound (A) in this invention does not have a nitrogen atom other than a guanidine structure.
  • a guanidine compound is shown, it is not limited to these.
  • Low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid comprises a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter referred to as “low molecular compound”)
  • low molecular compound a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
  • the low molecular compound (D) preferably has basicity after the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is eliminated.
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. It is particularly preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the low molecular compound (D) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (D) is preferably an amine derivative having a group on the nitrogen atom that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • Compound (D) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • R ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkoxyalkyl group. R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R ′ is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
  • the compound (D) can also be constituted by arbitrarily combining the basic compound and the structure represented by the general formula (d-1).
  • the compound (D) has a structure represented by the following general formula (A).
  • the compound (D) may correspond to the above basic compound as long as it is a low molecular compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • n 2
  • the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras are bonded to each other to form a divalent heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 20 or less carbon atoms) or a derivative thereof. May be formed.
  • Rb each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkoxyalkyl group.
  • Rb when one or more Rb is a hydrogen atom, at least one of the remaining Rb is a cyclopropyl group, a 1-alkoxyalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • At least two Rb may combine to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group or a derivative thereof.
  • N represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n + m 3.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by Ra and Rb are functional groups such as hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group and oxo group. , An alkoxy group and a halogen atom may be substituted. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
  • alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group of Ra and / or Rb (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group are substituted with the above functional group, alkoxy group, or halogen atom);
  • a group derived from a linear or branched alkane such as methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, etc.
  • a group substituted with one or more cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group,
  • a group derived from a cycloalkane such as cyclobutane
  • Examples of the divalent heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20) or a derivative thereof formed by bonding of Ra to each other include pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 1, 4, 5, 6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, homopiperazine, 4-azabenzimidazole, benzotriazole, 5-azabenzotriazole, 1H-1,2, , 3-triazole, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane, tetrazole, 7-azaindole, indazole, benzimidazole, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine, (1S, 4S)-(+)-2, 5-diazabicyclo [2.2.1] heptane, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] dec-5-ene, Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as indole, indoline, 1,2,3,
  • the compound represented by the general formula (A) can be synthesized based on JP-A No. 2007-298569, JP-A No. 2009-199021 and the like.
  • the low molecular compound (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • particularly preferable compound (D) in the present invention for example, those described in paragraphs 0468 to 0470 of JP-A-2014-41328 can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. .
  • Ionic compound represented by general formula (I) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may contain an ionic compound represented by the following general formula (I). Good.
  • a ⁇ represents an organic acid anion
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • X + represents a nitrogen cation or a sulfur cation
  • Rx each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • a plurality of Rx may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
  • n2 represents 3 when X + is a nitrogen cation, and represents 2 when X + is a sulfur cation.
  • the ionic compound represented by the general formula (I) for example, the contents described in paragraphs 0167 to 0177 of JP-A-2014-199273 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. .
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain the low molecular compound (D), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (D) is the total solid of the composition combined with the basic compound described above.
  • the amount is usually 0.001 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the minute.
  • the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment.
  • the acid generator / [compound (D) + basic compound] (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, still more preferably 7.0 to 150.
  • examples of compounds that can be used in the composition according to the present invention include compounds synthesized in Examples of JP-A No. 2002-363146, compounds described in Paragraph 0108 of JP-A No. 2007-298569, and the like. It is done.
  • a photosensitive basic compound may be used as the basic compound.
  • the photosensitive basic compound include JP-T-2003-524799 and J. Photopolym. Sci & Tech. Vol. 8, P.I. 543-553 (1995) and the like can be used.
  • the molecular weight of the basic compound is usually 100 to 1500, preferably 150 to 1300, and more preferably 200 to 1000.
  • composition according to the present invention contains a basic compound
  • its content is preferably 0.01 to 8.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1 to The content is more preferably 5.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 4.0% by mass.
  • the molar ratio of the basic compound to the photoacid generator is preferably 0.01 to 10, more preferably 0.05 to 5, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3. If this molar ratio is excessively increased, sensitivity and / or resolution may be reduced. If this molar ratio is excessively small, there is a possibility that pattern thinning occurs between exposure and heating (post-bake). More preferably, it is 0.05-5, and still more preferably 0.1-3.
  • the photoacid generator at the molar ratio is based on the total amount of the repeating unit (B) of the resin and the photoacid generator that the resin may further contain.
  • Hydrophobic resin (HR) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may have a hydrophobic resin (HR) separately from the resin (Ab).
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) preferably contains a group having a fluorine atom, a group having a silicon atom, or a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms in order to be unevenly distributed on the film surface. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain. Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (HR) are shown below.
  • composition according to the present invention may further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less, is used, it is possible to form a pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution. Become.
  • the surfactant it is particularly preferable to use a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant examples include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • F-top EF301 or EF303 manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • Florard FC430, 431 or 4430 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
  • R08 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.
  • Troisol S-366 manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • GF-300 or GF-150 manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Surflon S-393 manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the surfactant is a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as a telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as an oligomer method). You may synthesize. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from this fluoroaliphatic compound may be used as a surfactant. This fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
  • the polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group is preferably a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate and / or (poly (oxyalkylene)) methacrylate. Even if it distributes, block copolymerization may be sufficient.
  • poly (oxyalkylene) group examples include a poly (oxyethylene) group, a poly (oxypropylene) group, and a poly (oxybutylene) group.
  • units having different chain length alkylene in the same chain such as poly (block connection body of oxyethylene, oxypropylene, and oxyethylene) and poly (block connection body of oxyethylene and oxypropylene) Also good.
  • a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate has a monomer having two or more different fluoroaliphatic groups and two or more different (poly (oxyalkylene). )) It may be a ternary or higher copolymer obtained by copolymerizing acrylate or methacrylate simultaneously.
  • Examples of commercially available surfactants include Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, and F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation). Further, a copolymer of an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 6 F 13 group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 6 F 13 group and (poly (oxyethylene)) acrylate or methacrylate And a copolymer of (poly (oxypropylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, a copolymer of an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 8 F 17 group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, and C 8 F 17 Of acrylate or methacrylate having a group with (poly (oxyethylene)) acrylate or methacrylate and (poly (oxypropylene)) acrylate or methacrylate Coal
  • surfactants other than fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition according to the present invention contains a surfactant
  • its content is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, More preferably, the content is 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • Other additives In addition to the components described above, the composition of the present invention has a molecular weight of 3000 or less as described in carboxylic acid, carboxylic acid onium salt, Proceeding of SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996), etc.
  • a blocking compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an antioxidant, and the like can be appropriately contained.
  • carboxylic acid is preferably used for improving the performance.
  • aromatic carboxylic acids such as benzoic acid and naphthoic acid are preferable.
  • the content of the carboxylic acid is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass in the total solid content of the composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is preferably used in a film thickness of 10 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 20 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. More preferably, it is preferably used at 30 to 100 nm.
  • a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
  • the solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0. Is 5.3 mass%.
  • the resist solution can be uniformly applied on the substrate, and further, a resist pattern having excellent line width roughness can be formed.
  • the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, which suppresses aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the photoacid generator. As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
  • the solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total weight of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the above components are dissolved in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtered, and then applied onto a predetermined support (substrate).
  • a predetermined organic solvent preferably the above mixed solvent
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel.
  • the composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes: Forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; Exposing the film, The film after exposure is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developer) to form a negative pattern in this order.
  • an ultrafine region for example, a region having a line width or space width on the order of several tens of nanometers
  • high sensitivity for example, high sensitivity
  • high resolving power when forming an isolated space pattern and good etching resistance.
  • a pattern forming method an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device using these, and an electronic device can be provided.
  • the above effect is considered to be particularly remarkable when a fine pattern is formed by electron beam or extreme ultraviolet exposure.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is a film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above.
  • the formation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is performed by dissolving the above-described components of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in a solvent and, if necessary, filtering through a filter. It can be performed by applying to a support (substrate).
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon having a pore size of 0.5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the composition is applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) used for manufacturing an integrated circuit element by an appropriate application method such as a spin coater. Thereafter, it is dried to form a photosensitive film. Heating (pre-baking) is preferably performed in the drying stage.
  • a substrate eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating
  • pre-baking is preferably performed in the drying stage.
  • the film thickness is not particularly limited, but is preferably adjusted in the range of 10 to 500 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 200 nm, and still more preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm.
  • the rotation speed is usually 500 to 3000 rpm, preferably 800 to 2000 rpm, more preferably 1000 to 1500 rpm.
  • the heating (pre-baking) temperature is preferably 60 to 200 ° C., more preferably 80 to 150 ° C., and still more preferably 90 to 140 ° C.
  • the heating (pre-baking) time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and further preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / development machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • an antireflection film can be applied to the lower layer of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • an inorganic film type such as titanium, titanium dioxide, titanium nitride, chromium oxide, carbon, and amorphous silicon
  • an organic film type made of a light absorber and a polymer material can be used.
  • commercially available organic antireflection films such as Brewer Science DUV30 series, DUV-40 series, Shipley AR-2, AR-3 and AR-5 may be used. it can.
  • Exposure Exposure is performed with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Examples of the actinic ray or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, X-rays, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), and electron beams.
  • these actinic rays or radiation for example, those having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less are more preferable.
  • Examples of such actinic rays or radiation include KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), and electron beams.
  • Preferable actinic rays or radiations include, for example, KrF excimer laser, electron beam, X-ray and EUV light. More preferred are electron beam, X-ray and EUV light, and still more preferred are electron beam and EUV light.
  • Baking It is preferable to perform baking (heating) after exposure and before development.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 60 to 150 ° C, more preferably 80 to 150 ° C, and still more preferably 90 to 140 ° C.
  • the heating time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / development machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved. Moreover, it is also preferable that a heating process (Post Bake) is included after the rinse process mentioned later. The heating temperature and heating time are as described above. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. (4) Development In the present invention, development is performed using a developer containing an organic solvent. -Developer
  • the vapor pressure of the developer (the vapor pressure as a whole in the case of a mixed solvent) is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • vapor pressure of the organic solvent By setting the vapor pressure of the organic solvent to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and as a result, dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. It is thought to improve.
  • organic solvents are widely used as the organic solvent used in the developer.
  • solvents such as ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, etc. Can be used.
  • the ester solvent is a solvent having an ester group in the molecule
  • the ketone solvent is a solvent having a ketone group in the molecule
  • the alcohol solvent is alcoholic in the molecule.
  • It is a solvent having a hydroxyl group
  • an amide solvent is a solvent having an amide group in the molecule
  • an ether solvent is a solvent having an ether bond in the molecule.
  • diethylene glycol monomethyl ether corresponds to both alcohol solvents and ether solvents in the above classification.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent having no substituent.
  • a developer containing at least one solvent selected from ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents and ether solvents is preferable.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; also known as 1-methoxy- 2-acetoxypropane), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, Diethylene glycol monophenyl ether Tate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Tate
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, Examples include phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetyl acetone, acetonyl acetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate, and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • alcohol solvents examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, Alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol and 3-methoxy-1-butanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; alias 1 -Methoxy-2-propanol), diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ethers containing hydroxyl groups such as ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono
  • ether solvents include glycol ether solvents that contain hydroxyl groups, glycol ether solvents that do not contain hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, anisole, and phenetole.
  • aromatic ether solvents dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, perfluoro-2-butyltetrahydrofuran, perfluorotetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and the like.
  • an glycol ether solvent or an aromatic ether solvent such as anisole is used.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include pentane, hexane, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, 2,2,3-trimethylhexane, perfluorohexane, perfluoroheptane.
  • Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenzene, 2-methylpropylbenzene, dimethylbenzene, diethylbenzene, ethylmethylbenzene, trimethylbenzene, ethyldimethylbenzene, dipropylbenzene, etc.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenzene, 2-methylpropylbenzene, dimethylbenzene, diethylbenzene, ethylmethylbenzene, trimethylbenzene, ethyldimethylbenzene, dipropylbenzene, etc.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenz
  • the developer is an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms) and a hetero atom number of 2 or less. It is preferable to use it.
  • the hetero atom of the ester solvent is an atom other than a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms is preferably 2 or less.
  • ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, Examples thereof include butyl propionate, isobutyl isobutyrate, heptyl propionate, and butyl butanoate, and it is particularly preferable to use isoamyl acetate.
  • the developer is a mixed solvent of the ester solvent and the hydrocarbon solvent, or the ketone solvent and the hydrocarbon.
  • a mixed solvent of solvents may be used. Even in this case, it is effective in suppressing the swelling of the resist film.
  • ester solvent When an ester solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent are used in combination, isoamyl acetate is preferably used as the ester solvent.
  • hydrocarbon solvent it is preferable to use a saturated hydrocarbon solvent (for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.) from the viewpoint of adjusting the solubility of the resist film.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
  • the concentration of the organic solvent in the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and further preferably 90% by mass or more. Particularly preferred is a case consisting essentially of an organic solvent. In addition, the case where it consists only of an organic solvent includes the case where a trace amount surfactant, antioxidant, stabilizer, an antifoamer, etc. are contained.
  • the above solvents it is more preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2-heptanone and anisole.
  • an ester solvent can be preferably exemplified.
  • ester solvent it is more preferable to use a solvent represented by the general formula (S1) described later or a solvent represented by the general formula (S2) described later, and use a solvent represented by the general formula (S1). It is even more preferred that alkyl acetate is used, and butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, and isopentyl acetate are most preferred.
  • R—C ( ⁇ O) —O—R ′ Formula (S1)
  • R and R ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom.
  • R and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group, alkoxyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group for R and R ′ is preferably in the range of 1 to 15, and the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 15.
  • R and R ′ are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a ring formed by combining R and R ′ with respect to R and R ′, It may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, a group containing a carbonyl group (for example, an acyl group, an aldehyde group, alkoxycarbonyl, etc.), a cyano group, or the like.
  • Examples of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, and butyl lactate.
  • examples thereof include isopropyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, and the like.
  • R and R ′ are unsubstituted alkyl groups.
  • the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) is preferably alkyl acetate, more preferably butyl acetate, amyl acetate (pentyl acetate), or isoamyl acetate (isopentyl acetate), and is preferably isoamyl acetate. Further preferred.
  • the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) may be used in combination with one or more other organic solvents.
  • the combined solvent in this case is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed without being separated into the solvent represented by the general formula (S1), and the solvents represented by the general formula (S1) may be used in combination.
  • the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) may be used by mixing it with a solvent selected from other ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents and hydrocarbon solvents. good.
  • One or more solvents can be used in combination, but it is preferable to use one solvent in order to obtain stable performance.
  • the mixing ratio of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) and the combined solvent is usually 20:80 to 99: 1, preferably 50:50 to 97: by mass ratio. 3, more preferably 60:40 to 95: 5, and most preferably 60:40 to 90:10.
  • R ′′ and R ′′ ′′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom.
  • R ′′ and R ′′ ′′ may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R ′′ and R ′ ′′ ′′ are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group, alkoxyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group for R ′′ and R ′′ ′′ is preferably in the range of 1 to 15, and the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is 3 to 15. Is preferred.
  • R ′′ ′′ represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • R ′′ ′′ is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group for R ′ ′′ is preferably in the range of 1 to 10.
  • the carbon number of the cycloalkylene group for R ′′ ′ is preferably in the range of 3 to 10.
  • the ring formed by bonding to each other may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, a group containing a carbonyl group (for example, an acyl group, an aldehyde group, alkoxycarbonyl, etc.), a cyano group, or the like.
  • the alkylene group for R ′ ′′ may have an ether bond in the alkylene chain.
  • Examples of the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl.
  • Ether acetate diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, methyl-3-meth Cypropionate, ethyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, propyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, 2-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4 -Methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 2-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-ethoxybutyl acetate
  • R ′′ and R ′′ ′′ are preferably unsubstituted alkyl groups
  • R ′ ′′ is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group
  • R ′′ and R ′′ ′′ are methyl groups.
  • R ′′ and R ′′ ′′ are more preferably methyl groups.
  • the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) may be used in combination with one or more other organic solvents.
  • the combined solvent in this case is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed without being separated into the solvent represented by the general formula (S2), and the solvents represented by the general formula (S2) may be used in combination.
  • the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) may be used by mixing it with a solvent selected from other ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents and hydrocarbon solvents. good.
  • One or more solvents can be used in combination, but it is preferable to use one solvent in order to obtain stable performance.
  • the mixing ratio of the solvent represented by formula (S2) and the combination solvent is usually 20:80 to 99: 1, preferably 50:50 to 97: by mass. 3, more preferably 60:40 to 95: 5, and most preferably 60:40 to 90:10.
  • an ether solvent can also be suitably exemplified.
  • ether solvent examples include the ether solvents described above, and among these, an ether solvent containing one or more aromatic rings is preferable, and a solvent represented by the following general formula (S3) is more preferable. Most preferred is anisole.
  • R S represents an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and most preferably a methyl group.
  • the water content of the developer is usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and most preferably contains no water. preferable.
  • -Surfactant A developer containing an organic solvent can contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant as required.
  • the same surfactants as those used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above can be used.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • the developer containing an organic solvent may contain a basic compound. Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as those in the basic compound that can be contained in the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • ⁇ Development method As a development method, for example, the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), and the developer is developed on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and kept stationary for a certain period of time.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is usually 10 seconds to 300 seconds. Preferably, it is 20 seconds to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 ° C to 50 ° C, more preferably from 15 ° C to 35 ° C.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an organic solvent after the development step. From the viewpoint of throughput, the amount of rinsing liquid used, etc., the rinsing step It is preferable not to contain.
  • -Rinse solution The vapor pressure of the rinse solution used after development (the vapor pressure as a whole in the case of a mixed solvent) is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid is 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less.
  • the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
  • rinsing liquid various organic solvents are used. At least one organic solvent selected from hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents or It is preferable to use a rinse solution containing water.
  • a step of washing with a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent is performed.
  • a rinse liquid containing at least one selected from the group of monohydric alcohols and hydrocarbon solvents is used.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step after development include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols, and specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl- 1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol , 3-octanol, 4-octanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, cyclopentanol, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butanol, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol 2-methyl-3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-pentanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, -Methyl-2-pentanol,
  • the solvents mentioned in the developer can be preferably used.
  • organic solvent contained in the rinsing liquid when using EUV light (ExtremeExtViolet) or EB (Electron Beam) in the exposure process described later, it is preferable to use a hydrocarbon solvent among the above organic solvents. More preferably, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is used.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having 5 or more carbon atoms for example, pentane, hexane, octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, Hexadecane, etc.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms are preferred
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 10 or more carbon atoms are more preferred.
  • the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 16 or less, preferably 14 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
  • decane, undecane, and dodecane are particularly preferable, and undecane is most preferable.
  • a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the solvent may be mixed with water, but the water content in the rinsing liquid is usually 60% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and most preferably 5% by mass or less. is there.
  • a favorable rinse characteristic can be acquired by making a moisture content into 60 mass% or less.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be contained in the rinse liquid.
  • the surfactant the same surfactants as those used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above can be used, and the amount used is usually 0.
  • the content is 001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
  • -Rinsing method In the rinsing step, the developed wafer is cleaned using the rinsing liquid containing the organic solvent.
  • the method of the cleaning process is not particularly limited.
  • a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary discharge method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time.
  • a method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be applied.
  • a cleaning process is performed by a rotary discharge method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
  • the rinse time is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 to 300 seconds.
  • the time is preferably 10 seconds to 180 seconds, and most preferably 20 seconds to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the rinse liquid is preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., more preferably 15 ° C. to 35 ° C.
  • a heat processing can be performed to remove the solvent remaining in the pattern.
  • the heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, and is usually 40 ° C. to 160 ° C.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, and most preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the heating time is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, but is usually 15 seconds to 300 seconds, and preferably 15 to 180 seconds.
  • Alkali development The pattern formation method of the present invention can further include a step of performing development using an aqueous alkali solution to form a resist pattern (alkali development step). Thereby, a finer pattern can be formed.
  • a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step, but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by further performing the alkali development step.
  • a pattern can be formed without dissolving only the intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292975 [0077]). The same mechanism).
  • Alkali development can be performed either before or after the development step using a developer containing an organic solvent, but is more preferably performed before the organic solvent development step.
  • alkaline aqueous solutions that can be used for alkali development include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia, and first amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine.
  • inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia
  • first amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine.
  • Secondary amines such as amines, diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxy Alkaline aqueous solutions such as quaternary ammonium salts such as copper and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and piperidine.
  • Secondary amines such as amines, diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxy Alkaline aqueous solutions such as quaternary ammonium salts such as copper and cyclic amines such as
  • alcohols and surfactants can be added in appropriate amounts to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • a 2.38 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
  • the alkali development time is not particularly limited and is usually 10 to 300 seconds. Preferably, it is 20 seconds to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the alkali developer is preferably from 0 ° C to 50 ° C, more preferably from 15 ° C to 35 ° C.
  • a rinse treatment can be performed after development with an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution As the rinsing liquid in the rinsing treatment, pure water is preferable, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added and used.
  • a heat treatment can be performed in order to remove moisture remaining in the pattern.
  • the remaining developer or rinse solution can be removed by heating.
  • the heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, and is usually 40 ° C. to 160 ° C.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, and most preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the heating time is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, but is usually 15 seconds to 300 seconds, and preferably 15 to 180 seconds.
  • a liquid (immersion medium) having a higher refractive index than air is interposed between the film and the lens when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the immersion medium to be used any liquid can be used as long as it has a higher refractive index than air, but pure water is preferred.
  • the immersion liquid used for the immersion exposure will be described below.
  • the immersion liquid is a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has the smallest possible temperature coefficient of refractive index so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • a medium having a refractive index of 1.5 or more can be used in that the refractive index can be further improved.
  • This medium may be an aqueous solution or an organic solvent.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on the wafer is not dissolved and the lower surface of the lens element is not dissolved in order to reduce the surface tension of the water and increase the surface activity.
  • An additive (liquid) that can ignore the influence on the optical coating may be added in a small proportion.
  • the additive is preferably an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, and specifically includes methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • the electric resistance of water is preferably 18.3 M ⁇ cm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed. Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive for increasing the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
  • topcoat An immersion liquid poorly soluble film (hereinafter also referred to as “topcoat”) may be provided between the film of the composition of the present invention and the immersion liquid so that the film does not directly contact the immersion liquid. Good.
  • the functions necessary for the top coat are appropriate application to the upper layer portion of the composition film and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the composition film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the composition film.
  • the top coat examples include hydrocarbon polymers, acrylic acid ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, fluorine-containing polymers, and the like. From the viewpoint of contaminating the optical lens when impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
  • a developer When removing the topcoat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used.
  • a release agent a solvent having low penetration into the film is preferable. From the viewpoint that the peeling step can be performed at the same time as the film development processing step, it is preferable that the peeling step can be performed with a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the resolution is improved when there is no difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid.
  • the top coat is preferably close to the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From the viewpoint of making the refractive index close to the immersion liquid, it is preferable to have fluorine atoms in the topcoat. A thin film is more preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and refractive index.
  • the top coat is not mixed with the film and further not mixed with the immersion liquid.
  • the solvent used for the top coat is preferably a water-insoluble medium that is hardly soluble in the solvent used for the composition of the present invention.
  • the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
  • the actinic ray sensitivity or sensation of the present invention is used for the purpose of suppressing outgas, the purpose of suppressing blob defects, the deterioration of collapse due to improved reverse taper shape, and the deterioration of LWR due to surface roughness.
  • a topcoat layer may be formed on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the topcoat composition used for forming the topcoat layer will be described.
  • the solvent is preferably water or an organic solvent. More preferred is water or an alcohol solvent.
  • the solvent is an organic solvent, it is preferably a solvent that does not dissolve the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • an alcohol solvent, a fluorine solvent, or a hydrocarbon solvent is preferably used, and a non-fluorine alcohol solvent is more preferably used.
  • a primary alcohol is preferable from the viewpoint of applicability, and a primary alcohol having 4 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alcohol can be used, but a linear or branched alcohol is preferred. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, 1-pentanol and 3-methyl-1-butanol.
  • the solvent of the topcoat composition in the present invention is water, an alcohol solvent or the like
  • a water-soluble resin By containing a water-soluble resin, it is considered that the uniformity of solubility in a developer can be further improved.
  • Preferred water-soluble resins include polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, polyhydroxystyrene, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl ether, polyvinyl acetal, polyacrylimide, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, polyethyleneimine, polyester polyol and polyether polyol. , Polysaccharides, and the like.
  • the water-soluble resin is not limited to a homopolymer, and may be a copolymer.
  • it may be a copolymer having monomers corresponding to the repeating units of the homopolymers listed above and other monomer units.
  • acrylic acid-methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid-hydroxystyrene copolymer and the like can also be used in the present invention.
  • resins having an acidic group described in JP-A-2009-134177 and JP-A-2009-91798 can be preferably used.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 500,000, and particularly preferably 10,000 to 100,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
  • the pH of the top coat composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 7.
  • the topcoat composition contains a hydrophobic resin such as the hydrophobic resin (HR) described above in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition section. You may do it.
  • a hydrophobic resin it is also preferable to use a hydrophobic resin described in JP-A-2008-209889.
  • the concentration of the resin in the top coat composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass.
  • the topcoat material may contain components other than the resin, but the ratio of the resin to the solid content of the topcoat composition is preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably Is from 95 to 100% by weight.
  • the solid content concentration of the top coat composition in the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.2 to 6% by mass, and further preferably 0.3 to 5% by mass. preferable. By making solid content concentration into the said range, a topcoat composition can be uniformly apply
  • Components other than the resin that can be added to the topcoat material include surfactants, photoacid generators, basic compounds, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the photoacid generator and the basic compound include compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation and compounds similar to the basic compound.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, based on the total amount of the topcoat composition.
  • surfactants include nonionic, anionic, cationic and amphoteric surfactants.
  • Nonionic surfactants include BALF's Plufrac series, Aoki Yushi Kogyo's ELEBASE series, Finesurf series, Braunon series, Asahi Denka Kogyo's Adeka Pluronic P-103, Kao Chemical's Emulgen Series, Amit series, Aminone PK-02S, Emanon CH-25, Rheodor series, Surflon S-141 from AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Neugen series from Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku, New Calgen series from Takemoto Yushi DYNOL604 manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Envirogem AD01, Orphine EXP series, Surfynol series, Footage 300 manufactured by Hishie Chemical Co., etc. can be used.
  • anionic surfactant Kao Chemical's Emar 20T, Poise 532A, TOHO's Phosphanol ML-200, Clariant Japan's EMULSOGEN series, AGC Seimi Chemical's Surflon S-111N, Surflon S -211, Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku's Prisurf series, Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd. Pionein series, Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Orphine PD-201, Olphin PD-202, Nippon Surfactant Kogyo Co., Ltd. AKYPO RLM45, ECT -3, Lion manufactured by Lion, etc. can be used.
  • cationic surfactant Acetamine 24, Acetamine 86, etc. manufactured by Kao Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used.
  • amphoteric surfactant Surflon S-131 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Enajicol C-40H, Lipomin LA (manufactured by Kao Chemical Co., Ltd.) or the like can be used.
  • these surfactants can be mixed and used.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be formed on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is formed.
  • a top coat layer can be formed on the top coat composition.
  • the film thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and the film thickness of the topcoat layer is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and particularly preferably 40 to 80 nm. It is.
  • spin coating is preferable, and the rotation speed is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate (eg, silicon / silicon dioxide coating) used for manufacturing a precision integrated circuit element by an appropriate application method such as a spinner or a coater. Dry to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • a known antireflection film can be applied in advance.
  • a topcoat composition is applied and dried by the same means as the method for forming an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and a topcoat layer is formed. can do.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a top coat layer as an upper layer is usually irradiated with an electron beam (EB), X-ray or EUV light through a mask, and preferably baked (heated) and developed. Thereby, a good pattern can be obtained.
  • EB electron beam
  • EUV light X-ray or EUV light
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is suitably used for the production of semiconductor microcircuits such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a pattern formed thereon is subjected to circuit formation or etching, and the remaining actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film portion is finally Is removed with a solvent or the like, so that the final product such as a microchip is derived from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in the present invention, unlike so-called permanent resists used for printed boards and the like. No actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film remains.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (office automation) / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • electrical and electronic equipment home appliances, OA (office automation) / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.
  • the reaction solution was heated and stirred for 2 hours, and then allowed to cool to room temperature.
  • the reaction solution was diluted by adding 20 g of ethyl acetate and dropped into 1000 g of heptane to precipitate the polymer, followed by filtration.
  • the filtered solid was washed with 300 g of heptane.
  • the solution which added 80 g of ethyl acetate to the filtered solid was dripped in 1000 g of heptane, the polymer was precipitated, and it filtered.
  • the filtered solid was washed with 300 g of heptane. Thereafter, the washed solid was subjected to vacuum drying to obtain 9.60 g of resin (Ab-5).
  • the obtained resin (Ab-5) was measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)), weight average molecular weight (Mw: converted to polystyrene), number average molecular weight (Mn: converted to polystyrene), and dispersity (Mw / Mn, Hereinafter, “Pd”) was calculated. Further, the composition ratio (molar ratio) was calculated by 1 H-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance) and 13 C-NMR measurement.
  • photoacid generator the basic compound, the hydrophobic resin, the surfactant, the solvent, the developing solution and the rinsing solution used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown.
  • the photoacid generator was appropriately selected from the acid generators z1 to z30 listed above.
  • W-1 Megafuck R08 (Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .; fluorine and silicon)
  • W-2 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
  • W-3 Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd .; fluorine-based)
  • W-4 PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA; fluorine-based) ⁇ solvent ⁇
  • S-3: Ethyl lactate (boiling point 155 ° C.)
  • S-4: Cyclohexanone (boiling point 157 ° C.).
  • This actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition solution was applied onto a 6-inch Si wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. It dried on the hotplate and obtained the resist film with a film thickness of 100 nm.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • the alkaline developer (G-5) When the alkaline developer (G-5) is used, pattern exposure is performed using an exposure mask obtained by inverting the pattern of the exposure mask, and the alkaline developer (G-5) is used instead of the organic developer.
  • the resist composition was prepared and patterned in the same manner as described above, and the resist pattern was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • ⁇ EUV exposure> (4) Coating solution preparation and coating of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • the components shown in Table 2 below are dissolved in a solvent shown in the same table by 1.5% by mass in solid content, and each is 0.05 ⁇ m.
  • Microfiltration was performed with a membrane filter having a pore size to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) solution.
  • This actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition solution was applied onto a 6-inch Si wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and 100 ° C. for 60 seconds.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • the alkaline developer (G-5) When the alkaline developer (G-5) is used, pattern exposure is performed using an exposure mask obtained by inverting the pattern of the exposure mask, and the alkaline developer (G-5) is used instead of the organic developer.
  • the resist composition was prepared and patterned in the same manner as described above, and the resist pattern was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.

Abstract

Provided is a pattern forming method which comprises: a step for forming a film using an active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition; a step for exposing the film to light; and a step for forming a negative pattern by developing the film after light exposure with use of a developer liquid that contains an organic solvent. The active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition contains a resin (Ab) that comprises, as a repeating unit that is decomposed by the action of an acid and generates a polar group, at least a repeating unit represented by general formula (Ab1).

Description

パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスPattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
 本発明は、超LSIや高容量マイクロチップの製造などの超マイクロリソグラフィプロセスやその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いられる、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いたパターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、これらを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイスに関するものである。更に詳しくは、電子線又はEUV光(波長:13nm付近)を用いる半導体素子の微細加工に好適に用いることができる、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いたパターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、これらを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイスに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a pattern formation method using a developer containing an organic solvent, an actinic ray-sensitive property, or a photoluminescence process, which is suitably used in an ultramicrolithography process such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips and other photofabrication processes. The present invention relates to a radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device using these, and an electronic device. More specifically, a pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive, which can be suitably used for microfabrication of a semiconductor element using an electron beam or EUV light (wavelength: around 13 nm). The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device using these, and an electronic device.
 従来、ICやLSIなどの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、フォトレジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域やクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にKrFエキシマレーザー光に、というように短波長化の傾向が見られる。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC and LSI, fine processing by lithography using a photoresist composition has been performed. In recent years, with the high integration of integrated circuits, the formation of ultrafine patterns in the submicron region and the quarter micron region has been required. Along with this, there is a tendency to shorten the exposure wavelength from g-line to i-line, and further to KrF excimer laser light.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うためにレジストの画像形成方法として化学増幅という画像形成方法が用いられている。ポジ型の化学増幅の画像形成方法を例に挙げ説明すると、露光で露光部の酸発生剤が分解し酸を生成させ、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)でその発生酸を反応触媒として利用してアルカリ不溶の基をアルカリ可溶基に変化させ、アルカリ現像により露光部を除去する画像形成方法である。この化学増幅機構を用いたポジ型の画像形成方法は、現在、主流となっている(例えば、特許文献1~3を参照)。 Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as an image forming method for a resist in order to compensate for sensitivity reduction due to light absorption. An example of a positive-type chemical amplification image forming method will be described. In the exposure, the acid generator in the exposed area is decomposed to generate an acid, and the acid generated in the post-exposure baking (PEB) is a reaction catalyst. Is used to change an alkali-insoluble group to an alkali-soluble group, and an exposed portion is removed by alkali development. A positive-type image forming method using this chemical amplification mechanism is currently mainstream (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
 一方、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域やクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長も短波長化の傾向が見られ、現在では、電子線やX線、あるいはEUV光を用いたポジ型の画像形成方法も開発が進んでいる(例えば、特許文献4~9を参照)。 On the other hand, with the high integration of integrated circuits, the formation of ultrafine patterns in the submicron region and the quarter micron region has been required. Accordingly, the exposure wavelength tends to be shortened, and at present, a positive image forming method using an electron beam, X-ray, or EUV light has been developed (for example, Patent Documents 4 to 9). See).
 また、近年においては、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液(以下、「有機溶剤現像液」ともいう。)を用いたネガ型パターン形成方法も開発されつつある(例えば、特許文献10を参照)。この方法によると、高精度な微細パターンを安定的に形成することが可能になるとされている。 In recent years, a negative pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as “organic solvent developer”) is being developed (see, for example, Patent Document 10). According to this method, it is supposed that a highly accurate fine pattern can be stably formed.
特表2004-504632号公報JP-T-2004-504632 特開2007-299002号公報JP 2007-299002 A 特開平11-352696号公報JP 11-352696 A 特開2007-248513号公報JP 2007-248513 A 特開2007-248514号公報JP 2007-248514 A 特開2007-206638号公報JP 2007-206638 A 特開平7-295221号公報JP 7-295221 A 特開平6-161111号公報JP-A-6-161111 特開平2-25850号公報JP-A-2-25850 特開2013-80004号公報JP 2013-80004 A
 レジストパターンにおける微細化を追求すればするほど、パターン倒れが生じ易くなり、そのようなパターン倒れを防ぐ観点からレジスト膜の薄膜化が要求される。しかしながら、微細化を追求する結果としてレジスト膜の薄膜化が進行するほど、レジスト膜のエッチング耐性がなくなりレジスト膜としての機能を果せなくなってくるというジレンマが生じ得る。 As the miniaturization of the resist pattern is pursued, the pattern collapse is more likely to occur. From the viewpoint of preventing such pattern collapse, the resist film needs to be thinned. However, as the resist film becomes thinner as a result of pursuing miniaturization, a dilemma may occur that the resist film becomes less resistant to etching and cannot function as a resist film.
 このようにレジストパターンの微細化とエッチング耐性とはトレードオフの関係にあり、これを如何にして同時に満足させるかが重要である。 Thus, there is a trade-off between resist pattern miniaturization and etching resistance, and it is important how to satisfy this simultaneously.
 また、ポジ型の画像形成方法では、孤立のラインは比較的良好に形成できるものの、スペース幅の狭い微細な孤立スペースパターンを形成した場合には、パターン形状が劣化しやすく、例えば数十nmオーダーのスペース幅の孤立スペースパターンの形成は困難であるのが実情である。 In addition, in the positive type image forming method, although isolated lines can be formed relatively well, when a fine isolated space pattern with a narrow space width is formed, the pattern shape tends to deteriorate, for example, on the order of several tens of nm. Actually, it is difficult to form an isolated space pattern having a space width.
 さらに、有機溶剤現像液を用いたネガ型の画像形成方法においても、孤立スペースパターン形成における解像力について更なる性能改良が求められているのが実情である。 Furthermore, even in a negative type image forming method using an organic solvent developer, further improvement in performance is required for the resolution in forming an isolated space pattern.
 本発明はこのような実情に鑑み開発されたものであり、エッチング耐性に優れ、且つ、微細な(例えば数十nmオーダー)孤立スペースパターンを形成することができるパターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been developed in view of such circumstances, and is a pattern forming method capable of forming an isolated space pattern that is excellent in etching resistance and has a fine (for example, several tens of nm order), actinic ray sensitivity or It is an object to provide a radiation-sensitive resin composition and an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
 また、本発明は、エッチング耐性に優れ、且つ、微細な(例えば数十nmオーダー)孤立スペースパターンを形成することがでるパターン形成方法を用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイスを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention also provides an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using a pattern forming method that is excellent in etching resistance and can form a fine (for example, several tens of nm order) isolated space pattern. For the purpose.
 本発明は、一態様において、以下の通りである。 
 [1]
 酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位として、少なくとも、下記一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂(Ab)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、
 前記膜を露光する工程、及び、
 露光後の前記膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、ネガ型のパターンを形成する工程
を含むパターン形成方法。
In one aspect, the present invention is as follows.
[1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing at least a resin (Ab) containing a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group Forming a film using the composition;
Exposing the film; and
The pattern formation method including the process of developing the film | membrane after exposure using the developing solution containing an organic solvent, and forming a negative pattern.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、
 A11は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A12は、単結合又は2価の芳香環基を表し、A13は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、L11は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R11は酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、r11は1以上の整数を表す。
Where
A 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, A 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group. Represents a linking group, R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, and r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 但し、A11及びA12の少なくとも一方は芳香環基を表す。A12が芳香環基であるとき、L11は2価の連結基を表し、この場合の連結基においてA12に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。 However, at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group. When A 12 is an aromatic ring group, L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
 [2]
 一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab2)により表される繰り返し単位である、[1]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[2]
The pattern forming method according to [1], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、
 R21は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R22は、置換基を表し、L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、p21は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q21は、0又は1以上の整数を表す。
Where
R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 22 represents a substituent, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more. Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
 [3]
 一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab3)により表される繰り返し単位である、[1]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[3]
The pattern forming method according to [1], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式中、
 R31は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R32は、置換基を表し、L31は、2価の連結基を表し、A31は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A33は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、p31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、r31は、1以上の整数を表す。
Where
R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 32 represents a substituent, L 31 represents a divalent linking group, A 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and A 33 Represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 但し、L31により表される2価の連結基において、式中の芳香環基に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。 However, in the divalent linking group represented by L 31 , the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
 [4]
 樹脂(Ab)が更に下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
[4]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the resin (Ab) further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式中、
 R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R42はAr又はXと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。 
 Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。ここで、R64は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 
 Lは、単結合、-COO-、又はアルキレン基を表す。 
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成している場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。 
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。
Where
R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 42 may form a ring with Ar 4 or X 4, R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. Here, R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 [5]
 一般式(Ab1)中のR11により表される酸の作用により脱離する基が、下記一般式(ALG1)又は(ALG2)により表される基である、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
[5]
In any one of [1] to [4], the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) is a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1) or (ALG2) A pattern forming method according to any one of the above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(ALG1)中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表し、Rは、置換基を表す。RとRとが互いに結合し、環を形成してもよい。 
 一般式(ALG2)中、
 R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。R、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In general formula (ALG1),
R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents a substituent. R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (ALG2),
R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 [6]
 前記露光が、電子線又は極紫外線による露光である、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
[6]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the exposure is exposure with an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
 [7]
 前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含む、[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
[7]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
 [8]
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、
 前記膜を露光する工程、及び
 露光後の前記膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、ネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
を含むパターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であり、
 酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位として、少なくとも、下記一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂(Ab)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[8]
Forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
A step of exposing the film, and a step of developing the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern,
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method comprising:
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing at least a resin (Ab) containing a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group Composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式中、
 A11は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A12は、単結合又は2価の芳香環基を表し、A13は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、L11は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R11は酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、r11は1以上の整数を表す。
Where
A 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, A 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group. Represents a linking group, R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, and r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 但し、A11及びA12の少なくとも一方は芳香環基を表す。A12が芳香環基であるとき、L11は2価の連結基を表し、この場合の連結基においてA12に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。 However, at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group. When A 12 is an aromatic ring group, L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
 [9]
 一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab2)により表される繰り返し単位である、[8]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[9]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [8], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式中、
 R21は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R22は、置換基を表し、L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、p21は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q21は、0又は1以上の整数を表す。
Where
R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 22 represents a substituent, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more. Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
 [10]
 一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab3)により表される繰り返し単位である、[8]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[10]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [8], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、
 R31は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R32は、置換基を表し、L31は、2価の連結基を表し、p31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、A31は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A33は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、q31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、r31は、1以上の整数を表す。 
 但し、L31により表される2価の連結基において、式中の芳香環基に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。
Where
R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 32 represents a substituent, L 31 represents a divalent linking group, p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and A 31 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
However, in the divalent linking group represented by L 31 , the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
 [11]
 樹脂(Ab)が更に下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、[8]~[10]のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[11]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [8] to [10], wherein the resin (Ab) further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式中、
 R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R42はAr又はXと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。 
 Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。ここで、R64は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 
 Lは、単結合、-COO-、又はアルキレン基を表す。 
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成している場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。 
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。
Where
R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 42 may form a ring with Ar 4 or X 4, R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. Here, R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 [12]
 一般式(Ab1)中のR11により表される酸の作用により脱離する基が、下記一般式(ALG1)又は(ALG2)により表される基である、[8]~[11]のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[12]
In any one of [8] to [11], the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) is a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1) or (ALG2) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 一般式(ALG1)中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表し、Rは、置換基を表す。RとRとが互いに結合し、環を形成してもよい。 
 一般式(ALG2)中、
 R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。R、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In general formula (ALG1),
R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents a substituent. R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (ALG2),
R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 [13]
 [8]~[12]のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 
 [14]
 [1]~[7]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。 
 [15]
 [14]に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造される電子デバイス。
[13]
[13] An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film comprising the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [8] to [12].
[14]
[1] A method for manufacturing an electronic device including the pattern forming method according to any one of [7].
[15]
The electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method of the electronic device as described in [14].
 本発明により、エッチング耐性に優れ、且つ、数十nmオーダーの微細な孤立スペースパターンを形成することができるパターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を提供することが可能となった。また、本発明により、エッチング耐性に優れ、且つ、数十nmオーダーの微細な孤立スペースパターンを形成することができるパターン形成方法を用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイスを提供することが可能となった。 According to the present invention, a pattern forming method, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, which has excellent etching resistance and can form a fine isolated space pattern on the order of several tens of nm, and an actinic ray-sensitive or It became possible to provide a radiation sensitive film. In addition, according to the present invention, there are provided an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using a pattern forming method that has excellent etching resistance and can form a fine isolated space pattern on the order of several tens of nm. It has become possible.
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。 In the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only a substituent but also a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
 本明細書における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外(EUV)線、X線又は電子線(EB)を意味している。また、本発明において「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味している。 “Actinic ray” or “radiation” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet (EUV) ray, an X-ray or an electron beam (EB). Yes. In the present invention, “light” means actinic rays or radiation.
 また、本発明における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、X線及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。 
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
In addition, unless otherwise specified, “exposure” in the present invention is not only exposure with far-ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays and EUV light, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Are also included in the exposure.
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、
 上記膜を露光する工程、
 露光後の上記膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液(有機溶剤現像液)を用いて現像し、ネガ型のパターンを形成する工程
を含む。
The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises:
Forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
Exposing the film,
The film after exposure is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developer) to form a negative pattern.
 以下において、まず、本発明のパターン形成方法で用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」などという。)について詳細に説明し、次いで、本発明のパターン形成方法に含まれる各工程について詳細に説明する。 In the following, first, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail, and then the present invention. Each process included in the pattern forming method will be described in detail.
 <感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、ネガ型の現像(露光されると現像液に対して溶解性が減少し、露光部がパターンとして残り、未露光部が除去される現像)に用いられる。即ち、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、有機溶剤現像液を用いた現像に用いられる有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物とすることができる。ここで、有機溶剤現像用とは、少なくとも、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程に供される用途を意味する。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is negative-type development (when exposed, the solubility in the developer decreases, the exposed area remains as a pattern, and the unexposed area is removed. Development). That is, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development used for development using an organic solvent developer. it can. Here, the term “for organic solvent development” means an application that is used in a step of developing using a developer containing at least an organic solvent.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、ネガ型のレジスト組成物(即ち、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物)であることが、特に高い効果を得ることができることから好ましい。また本発明の組成物は、典型的には化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, particularly a negative resist composition (that is, a resist composition for developing an organic solvent). It is preferable because a high effect can be obtained. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
 [1]樹脂(Ab)
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸分解性繰り返し単位を含む樹脂(Ab)を含有する。これにより、樹脂(Ab)は、酸の作用により有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂となっている。ここで、酸分解性繰り返し単位とは、例えば、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解する基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する繰り返し単位である。分解して生じる基は極性基であることが、有機溶剤を含む現像液との親和性が低くなり、不溶化又は難溶化(ネガ化)を進行するため好ましい。
[1] Resin (Ab)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a resin (Ab) containing an acid-decomposable repeating unit. Accordingly, the resin (Ab) is a resin whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid. Here, the acid-decomposable repeating unit is, for example, a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes into the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both the main chain and side chain by the action of an acid. ). The group generated by the decomposition is preferably a polar group, since the affinity with a developer containing an organic solvent is lowered and insolubilization or insolubilization (negative conversion) proceeds.
 樹脂(Ab)は、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位として、少なくとも、下記一般式(Ab1)で表される繰り返し単位(以下、「繰り返し単位(Aba)」ともいう。)を含む。 The resin (Ab) is at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (Aba)”) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. .)including.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、
 A11は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A12は、単結合又は2価の芳香環基を表し、A13は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、L11は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R11は酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、r11は1以上の整数を表す。
Where
A 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, A 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group. Represents a linking group, R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, and r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 但し、A11及びA12の少なくとも一方は芳香環基を表す。A12が芳香環基であるとき、L11は2価の連結基を表し、この場合の連結基においてA12に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。 However, at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group. When A 12 is an aromatic ring group, L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
 一般式(Ab1)について詳細に説明する。 
 A11は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。A11により表される置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、芳香環基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基を除くこれらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
The general formula (Ab1) will be described in detail.
A 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by A 11 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aromatic ring group, and a hydroxy group. These groups excluding the hydroxy group may further have a substituent.
 A12は、単結合又は2価の芳香環基を表し、A11及びA12の少なくとも一方は芳香環基を表す。 A 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, and at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group.
 A11及びA12により表される芳香環基としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環などの炭素数6~18(より好ましくは炭素数6~10)の芳香環基、あるいは、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基を好ましい例として挙げることができ、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることが特に好ましい。これら芳香環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the aromatic ring group represented by A 11 and A 12 include an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, or a thiophene ring, furan, etc. Preferred examples include aromatic ring groups including heterocycles such as rings, pyrrole rings, benzothiophene rings, benzofuran rings, benzopyrrole rings, triazine rings, imidazole rings, benzimidazole rings, triazole rings, thiadiazole rings, and thiazole rings. More preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and particularly preferably a benzene ring group. These aromatic rings may have a substituent.
 L11は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。L11により表される2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、芳香環基、シクロアルキレン基、-COO-L’-、-O-L’-、-CONH-、これらの2つ以上を組み合わせて形成される基等が挙げられる。ここで、L’はアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)、芳香環基、アルキレン基と芳香環基を組み合わせた基を表す。 L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 11, an alkylene group, aromatic ring group, a cycloalkylene group, -COO-L 1 '-, - O-L 1' -, - CONH-, these two or more And the like are formed by combining these groups. Here, L 1 ′ represents an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20), an aromatic ring group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aromatic ring group.
 L11で表される2価の連結基としてのアルキレン基としては、好ましくはメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が挙げられる。炭素数1~4のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1又は2のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。 The alkylene group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group. . An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
 L11で表される2価の連結基としてのシクロアルキレン基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基であることが好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピレン基、シクロブチレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロヘプチレン基、シクロオクチレン基、ノルボルニレン基又はアダマンチレン基が挙げられる。 The cycloalkylene group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropylene group, a cyclobutylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group. Group, cycloheptylene group, cyclooctylene group, norbornylene group or adamantylene group.
 L11で表される2価の芳香環基の定義及び好ましい範囲は、上述したA11及びA12により表される芳香環基において挙げた具体例と同様の具体例が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the definition and preferred range of the divalent aromatic ring group represented by L 11 include the same specific examples as those given for the aromatic ring groups represented by A 11 and A 12 described above.
 L’が表すアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及び芳香環基の定義及び好ましい範囲は、L11で表される2価の連結基としてのアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及び芳香環基におけるものと同様である。 The definitions and preferred ranges of the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group and aromatic ring group represented by L 1 ′ are the same as those in the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group and aromatic ring group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11. is there.
 L’が表すアルキレン基と芳香環基を組み合わせた基におけるアルキレン基及び芳香族基の定義及び好ましい範囲は、L11で表される2価の連結基としてのアルキレン基及び芳香環基におけるものと同様である。 The definition and preferred range of the alkylene group and aromatic group in the group in which the alkylene group and the aromatic ring group represented by L 1 ′ are combined are those in the alkylene group and aromatic ring group as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 It is the same.
 本発明の一形態において、A11が芳香環基の場合、A12及びL11は単結合であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, when A 11 is an aromatic ring group, A 12 and L 11 are preferably a single bond.
 また、本発明の他の形態において、A12が芳香環基の場合、L11は2価の連結基を表す。A12が芳香環基の場合の連結基L11において、A12に直接結合する原子は、酸素原子ではない。この場合、A12に直接結合する原子は炭素原子であることが好ましい。A12が芳香環基の場合の連結基L11は、アルキレン基、又はシクロアルキレン基であることが好ましく、メチレン基であることがより好ましい。 In another embodiment of the present invention, when A 12 is an aromatic ring group, L 11 represents a divalent linking group. In the linking group L 11 when A 12 is an aromatic ring group, the atom directly bonded to A 12 is not an oxygen atom. In this case, it is preferable atom bonded directly to A 12 are carbon atoms. When A 12 is an aromatic ring group, the linking group L 11 is preferably an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group, and more preferably a methylene group.
 A13は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。 
 A13により表される置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基を除くこれらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
A 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
As the substituent represented by A 13, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, hydroxy group, and the like. These groups excluding the hydroxy group may further have a substituent.
 本発明の一形態において、A13により表される置換基は、アルキル基であることが好ましい。A13のアルキル基は、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1又は2のアルキル基(すなわち、メチル基又はエチル基)であることが好ましい。A13のアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基などを挙げることができる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the substituent represented by A 13 is preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by A 13 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. And an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms (that is, a methyl group or an ethyl group). Specific examples of the alkyl group for A 13 include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, and t-butyl group. Can do.
 A13は、水素原子、又は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、又は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基又はエチル基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。 A 13 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. It is more preferably a group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 R11により表される酸の作用により脱離する基(以下、「酸脱離基」ともいう。)は、一形態において、下記一般式(ALG1)により表される基であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 (hereinafter also referred to as “acid leaving group”) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(ALG1)中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表し、Rは、置換基を表す。RとRとが互いに結合し、環を形成してもよい。
In general formula (ALG1),
R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents a substituent. R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Rの置換基としては、*-C(R111)(R112)(R113)で表される基であることが好ましい。*は一般式(ALG1)で表される構造内の炭素原子に連結する結合手を表す。R111~R113はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はヘテロ環基を表す。 The substituent for R 1 is preferably a group represented by * —C (R 111 ) (R 112 ) (R 113 ). * Represents a bond connected to a carbon atom in the structure represented by the general formula (ALG1). R 111 to R 113 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group.
 R111~R113のアルキル基は、炭素数1~15のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R111~R113のアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基及びドデシル基などを挙げることができ、R111~R113のアルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基又はt-ブチル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Is more preferable. Specific examples of the alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, 2 -Ethylhexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group and the like can be mentioned, and the alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group or a t-butyl group.
 R111~R113の少なくとも2つは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はヘテロ環基を表し、R111~R113の全てが、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はヘテロ環基を表すことが好ましい。 At least two of R 111 to R 113 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group, and all of R 111 to R 113 are an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, It preferably represents an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group.
 R111~R113のシクロアルキル基は、単環型であっても、多環型であってもよく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R111~R113のシクロアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、シクロデシル基、1-アダマンチル基、2-アダマンチル基、1-ノルボルニル基、及び、2-ノルボルニル基などを挙げることができる。R111~R113のシクロアルキル基は、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、又は、シクロヘキシル基であることが好ましい。 The cycloalkyl group of R 111 to R 113 may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl group is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is still more preferable. Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 111 to R 113 include, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a cyclodecyl group, and a 1-adamantyl group. , 2-adamantyl group, 1-norbornyl group, 2-norbornyl group and the like. The cycloalkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
 R111~R113のアリール基は、炭素数6~15のアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基であることがより好ましく、複数の芳香環が単結合を介して互いに連結された構造(例えば、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基)も含む。R111~R113のアリール基の具体例としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基等が挙げられる。R111~R113のアリール基は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又は、ビフェニル基であることが好ましい。 The aryl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and a plurality of aromatic rings are bonded to each other via a single bond. It also includes linked structures (eg, biphenyl group, terphenyl group). Specific examples of the aryl group of R 111 to R 113 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthranyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, and the like. The aryl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group.
 R111~R113のアラルキル基は、炭素数6~20のアラルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基であることより好ましい。R111~R113のアラルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基等が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aralkyl group of R 111 to R 113 include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and the like.
 R111~R113のヘテロ環基は、炭素数6~20のヘテロ環基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~12のヘテロ環基であることがより好ましい。R111~R113のヘテロ環基の具体例としては、例えば、ピリジル基、ピラジル基、テトラヒドロフラニル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロチオフェン基、ピペリジル基、ピペラジル基、フラニル基、ピラニル基、クロマニル基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group of R 111 to R 113 is preferably a heterocyclic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heterocyclic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the heterocyclic group represented by R 111 to R 113 include, for example, pyridyl group, pyrazyl group, tetrahydrofuranyl group, tetrahydropyranyl group, tetrahydrothiophene group, piperidyl group, piperazyl group, furanyl group, pyranyl group, chromanyl group. Etc.
 R111~R113としてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基及びヘテロ環基は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group as R 111 to R 113 may further have a substituent.
 R111~R113としてのアルキル基が更に有し得る置換基としては、例えば、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基及びニトロ基などが挙げられる。上記置換基同士が互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、上記置換基同士が互いに結合して環を形成するときの環は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基又はフェニル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group as R 111 to R 113 may further have include a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group. Group, aralkyloxy group, thioether group, acyl group, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group and the like. The above substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring when the above substituents are bonded to each other to form a ring include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. .
 R111~R113としてのシクロアルキル基が更に有し得る置換基としては、アルキル基、及び、アルキル基が更に有し得る置換基の具体例として前述した各基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group as R 111 to R 113 can further have include the above-described groups as specific examples of the alkyl group and the substituent that the alkyl group can further have.
 なお、アルキル基の炭素数、及び、シクロアルキル基が更に有し得る置換基の炭素数は、それぞれ、好ましくは、1~8である。 Note that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the number of carbon atoms of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may further have are preferably 1 to 8, respectively.
 R111~R113としてのアリール基、アラルキル基及びヘテロ環基が更に有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ニトロ基、フッ素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、及びアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group as R 111 to R 113 may further have include a halogen atom such as a nitro group and a fluorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, and an alkyl group. Group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl Examples thereof include a group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), and the like.
 R111~R113の少なくとも2つは、互いに環を形成していてもよい。 
 R111~R113の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成する場合、形成される環としては、例えばテトラヒドロピラン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、アダマンタン環、ノルボルネン環、ノルボルナン環などが挙げられる。これらの環は置換基を有しても良く、有し得る置換基としては、アルキル基、及び、アルキル基が更に有し得る置換基の具体例として前述した各基が挙げられる。
At least two of R 111 to R 113 may form a ring with each other.
When at least two of R 111 to R 113 are bonded to each other to form a ring, examples of the ring formed include a tetrahydropyran ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, an adamantane ring, a norbornene ring, and a norbornane ring. . These rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that can be included include an alkyl group and the groups described above as specific examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may further have.
 R111~R113の全てが互いに結合して環を形成する場合、形成される環としては、例えばアダマンタン環、ノルボルナン環、ノルボルネン環、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3,1,1]ヘプタン環が挙げられる。中でもアダマンタン環が特に好ましい。これらは置換基を有しても良く、有し得る置換基としては、アルキル基、及び、アルキル基が更に有し得る置換基の具体例として前述した各基が挙げられる。 When all of R 111 to R 113 are bonded to each other to form a ring, examples of the ring formed include an adamantane ring, norbornane ring, norbornene ring, bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, bicyclo [3, 1,1] heptane ring. Of these, an adamantane ring is particularly preferred. These may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may be included include the alkyl group and the groups described above as specific examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may further have.
 Rの1価の置換基は、*-M-Qで表される基であることが好ましい。*は一般式(ALG1)の酸素原子に連結する結合手を表す。Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Qは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。 The monovalent substituent of R 2 is preferably a group represented by * -MQ. * Represents a bond linked to the oxygen atom of the general formula (ALG1). M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
 Mとしての2価の連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基又はオクチレン基)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15のシクロアルキレン基、例えば、シクロペンチレン基又はシクロヘキシレン基)、-S-、-O-、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-N(R)-、又はこれらの2種以上の組み合わせであり、総炭素数が20以下のものが好ましい。ここで、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基(例えば炭素数1~8のアルキル基であって、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基及びオクチル基等)である。 The divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group), a cycloalkylene group. (Preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentylene group or a cyclohexylene group), —S—, —O—, —CO—, —CS—, —SO 2 —, —N (R 0 )-, or a combination of two or more thereof, and those having a total carbon number of 20 or less are preferred. Here, R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, Hexyl group and octyl group).
 Mは、単結合、アルキレン基、又は、アルキレン基と-O-、-CO-、-CS-及び-N(R)-の少なくとも一つとの組み合わせからなる2価の連結基が好ましく、単結合、アルキレン基、又はアルキレン基と-O-との組み合わせからなる2価の連結基がより好ましい。ここで、Rは上述のRと同義である。 M is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group comprising a combination of an alkylene group and at least one of —O—, —CO—, —CS— and —N (R 0 ) —. A divalent linking group comprising a bond, an alkylene group, or a combination of an alkylene group and —O— is more preferable. Here, R 0 has the same meaning as R 0 described above.
 Mは置換基を更に有していてもよく、Mが更に有し得る置換基は、上述したR111~R113のアルキル基が有し得る置換基と同様である。 M may further have a substituent, and the substituent that M may further have is the same as the substituent that the alkyl group of R 111 to R 113 described above may have.
 Qとしてのアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例は、例えば、上述したR111~R113としてのアルキル基について記載したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group as Q are the same as those described for the alkyl group as R 111 to R 113 described above, for example.
 Qとしてのシクロアルキル基は、単環型であってもよく、多環型であってもよい。このシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは3~10とする。このシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、1-アダマンチル基、2-アダマンチル基、1-ノルボルニル基、2-ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、4-テトラシクロ[6.2.1.13,6.02,7]ドデシル基、8-トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル基、2-ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル基が挙げられる。中でも、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-アダマンチル基、8-トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル基、2-ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル基が好ましい。 The cycloalkyl group as Q may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a 1-adamantyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, a 1-norbornyl group, a 2-norbornyl group, Bornyl group, isobornyl group, 4-tetracyclo [6.2.1.1 3,6 . A 0 2,7 ] dodecyl group, an 8-tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl group, and a 2-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group. Of these, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, an 8-tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl group, and a 2-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group are preferable.
 Qとしてのアリール基の具体例及び好ましい例は、例えば、上述したR111~R113としてのアリール基について説明したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group as Q are the same as those described for the aryl group as R 111 to R 113 described above, for example.
 Qとしてのヘテロ環基の具体例及び好ましい例は、例えば、上述したR111~R113としてのヘテロ環基について説明したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the heterocyclic group as Q are the same as those described for the heterocyclic group as R 111 to R 113 described above, for example.
 Qとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びヘテロ環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group as Q may have a substituent, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group. And an alkoxycarbonyl group.
 Rは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基で置換されたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、アリールオキシアルキル基又はヘテロ環基であることが好ましく、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることがより好ましい。Rとしてのアルキル基、Rとしての「シクロアルキル基」及び「シクロアルキル基で置換されたアルキル基」におけるシクロアルキル基、並びに、Rで表される基としての「アラルキル基(アリールアルキル基)」及び「アリールオキシアルキル基」におけるアリール基の具体例及び好ましい例は、それぞれ、Qとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基で説明したものと同様である。 R 2 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkyl group substituted with a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryloxyalkyl group or a heterocyclic group, and more preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. . Alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of the "cycloalkyl group" and "alkyl group substituted with a cycloalkyl group" as R 2 as R 2, and "aralkyl group as the group represented by R 2 (arylalkyl Specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group in the “group)” and “aryloxyalkyl group” are the same as those described for the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group as Q, respectively.
 Rとしての「シクロアルキル基で置換されたアルキル基」、「アラルキル基(アリールアルキル基)」及び「アリールオキシアルキル基」におけるアルキル部位の具体例及び好ましい例は、それぞれ、Mとしてのアルキレン基で説明したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl moiety in the “alkyl group substituted by a cycloalkyl group”, “aralkyl group (arylalkyl group)” and “aryloxyalkyl group” as R 2 are the alkylene group as M, respectively. This is the same as that described in.
 Rとしてのヘテロ環基の具体例及び好ましい例は、Qとしてのヘテロ環基で説明したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the heterocyclic group as R 2 are the same as those described for the heterocyclic group as Q.
 Rが表す置換基には、具体的には、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルエチル基、2-アダマンチル基、8-トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル基、2-ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル基、ベンジル基、2-フェネチル基、2-フェノキシエチレン基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the substituent represented by R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylethyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, and 8-tricyclo [5.2.1. 0 2,6 ] decyl group, 2-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group, benzyl group, 2-phenethyl group, 2-phenoxyethylene group and the like.
 RとRとは互いに結合し、環を形成してもよく、RとRとが互いに結合して形成される環としては、含酸素複素環が好ましい。含酸素複素環構造としては、単環、多環又はスピロ環のものであっても良く、好ましくは、単環の含酸素複素環構造であり、その炭素数は好ましくは3~10、より好ましくは4又は5である。 R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other is preferably an oxygen-containing heterocyclic ring. The oxygen-containing heterocyclic structure may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic, and is preferably a monocyclic oxygen-containing heterocyclic structure, preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably Is 4 or 5.
 本発明の一形態において、A12が芳香環であり、且つ、L11が2価の連結基である場合、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成しないことが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, when A 12 is an aromatic ring and L 11 is a divalent linking group, it is preferable that R 1 and R 2 are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
 また、上記したように、Mが2価の連結基である場合、Qは単結合又は別の連結基を介してMに結合し、環を形成しても良い。上記別の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基)が挙げられ、形成される環は、5又は6員環であることが好ましい。 As described above, when M is a divalent linking group, Q may be bonded to M via a single bond or another linking group to form a ring. Examples of the other linking group include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 Rの置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、又は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、又は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基であることがさらに好ましく、水素原子、メチル基又はエチル基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the substituent for R 3 include an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group. R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or ethyl group. It is more preferably a group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 R11により表される酸脱離基は、他の形態において、下記一般式(ALG2)により表される基であることが好ましい。 In another form, the acid leaving group represented by R 11 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (ALG2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(ALG2)中、
 R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。R、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 
 R~Rのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基などの炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。
In general formula (ALG2),
R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group for R 4 to R 6 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group.
 R~Rのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 4 to R 6 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group. Groups are preferred.
 R~Rの2つが結合して形成される環としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が特に好ましい。 Examples of the ring formed by combining two of R 4 to R 6 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, adamantyl group, etc. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
 R~Rの2つが結合して形成される環は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。 In the ring formed by combining two of R 4 to R 6 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring is replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. May be.
 上記各基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)などが挙げられ、炭素数8以下が好ましい。 Each of the above groups may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group. Examples thereof include carbonyl groups (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and those having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferred.
 本発明の一形態において、一般式(ALG2)で表される脱離基は、例えば、Rがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RとRとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the leaving group represented by General Formula (ALG2) is, for example, R 4 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and R 5 and R 6 are bonded to form the above cycloalkyl group. The aspect which forms is preferable.
 また、本発明の一形態において、R31により表される酸脱離基が一般式(ALG2)で表される基である場合、一般式(ALG2)中のR、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成することが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, when the acid leaving group represented by R 31 is a group represented by the general formula (ALG2), from R 4 , R 5, and R 6 in the general formula (ALG2) The two selected are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
 上述した一般式(ALG1)及び(ALG2)により表される基以外の酸脱離基R11の例として、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R01)(R02)-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the acid leaving group R 11 other than the groups represented by the general formulas (ALG1) and (ALG2) described above include, for example, —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (═O ) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C (═O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) Etc.
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。R01~R02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。 In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 一般式(Ab1)において、r11は、1以上の整数であり、1~3が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 In the general formula (Ab1), r 11 is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
 繰り返し単位(Aba)は、一形態において、一般式(Ab2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the repeating unit (Aba) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式中、
 R21は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R22は、置換基を表し、L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、p21は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q21は、0又は1以上の整数を表す。
Where
R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 22 represents a substituent, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more. Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
 一般式(Ab2)において、R21により表される酸脱離基としては、上述した一般式(Ab1)中のR11により表される酸脱離基と同義であり、一般式(ALG1)又は一般式(ALG2)で表される基が好ましい。 In the general formula (Ab2), the acid leaving group represented by R 21 has the same meaning as the acid leaving group represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above, and the general formula (ALG1) or A group represented by the general formula (ALG2) is preferable.
 R22は、式中の芳香環が有し得る置換基を表し、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。 R 22 represents a substituent that the aromatic ring in the formula may have, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, and a hydroxy group.
 q21は、R22による置換数を表し、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0が特に好ましい。 q 21 represents the number of substitutions by R 22 , is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
 L21により表される2価の連結基としては、上述した一般式(Ab1)中のL11により表される2価の連結基と同義である。本発明の一形態において、L21は単結合であることが好ましい。 The divalent linking group represented by L 21 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by L11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above. In one embodiment of the present invention, L 21 is preferably a single bond.
 p21は、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0が特に好ましい。 p 21 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
 繰り返し単位(Aba)は、他の形態において、一般式(Ab3)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 In another embodiment, the repeating unit (Aba) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式中、
 R31は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R32は、置換基を表し、L31は、2価の連結基を表し、p31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、A31は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A33は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、q31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、r31は、1以上の整数を表す。
Where
R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 32 represents a substituent, L 31 represents a divalent linking group, p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and A 31 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 但し、L31により表される2価の連結基において、式中の芳香環基に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。 However, in the divalent linking group represented by L 31 , the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
 一般式(Ab3)において、R31により表される酸脱離基としては、上述した一般式(Ab1)中のR11により表される酸脱離基と同義であり、一般式(ALG1)又は一般式(ALG2)で表される基が好ましい。 In the general formula (Ab3), the acid leaving group represented by R 31 has the same meaning as the acid leaving group represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above, and the general formula (ALG1) or A group represented by the general formula (ALG2) is preferable.
 本発明の一形態において、R31により表される酸脱離基が一般式(ALG1)で表される基である場合、一般式(ALG1)中のRとRとは互いに結合して環を形成しないことが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, when the acid leaving group represented by R 31 is a group represented by the general formula (ALG1), R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (ALG1) are bonded to each other. It is preferable not to form a ring.
 また、本発明の一形態において、R31により表される酸脱離基が一般式(ALG2)で表される基である場合、一般式(ALG2)中のR、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成することが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, when the acid leaving group represented by R 31 is a group represented by the general formula (ALG2), from R 4 , R 5, and R 6 in the general formula (ALG2) The two selected are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R32は、式中の芳香環が有し得る置換基を表し、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。 R 32 represents a substituent that the aromatic ring in the formula may have, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, and a hydroxy group.
 q31は、R32による置換数を表し、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0が特に好ましい。 q 31 represents the number of substitutions by R 32 , and is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
 L31により表される2価の連結基としては、上述した一般式(Ab1)中のL11により表される2価の連結基と同義である。本発明の一形態において、L31は、アルキレン基、又はシクロアルキレン基であることが好ましく、メチレン基であることがより好ましい。 The divalent linking group represented by L 31 has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by L 11 in the general formula (Ab1) described above. In one embodiment of the present invention, L 31 is preferably an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group, and more preferably a methylene group.
 A31は、上述した一般式(Ab1)中のA11と同義であり、A33は、一般式(Ab1)中のA13と同義である。 A 31 has the same meaning as A 11 in general formula (Ab1), A 33 is as defined to A 13 in the general formula (Ab1).
 p31は、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0が特に好ましい。 r31は、1~3の整数が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましく、1が特に好ましい。 p 31 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0. r 31 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
 以下に、繰り返し単位(Aba)の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit (Aba) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 樹脂(Ab)における上記一般式(Ab1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有率(複数種類含有する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対して10~90モル%であることが好ましく、20~75モル%であることがより好ましく、30~60モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating units represented by the above general formula (Ab1) in the resin (Ab) (the total when there are a plurality of types) is 10 to 90 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (Ab). It is preferably 20 to 75 mol%, more preferably 30 to 60 mol%.
 樹脂(Ab)は、繰り返し単位(Aba)とは別に、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる酸分解性基を更に有していてもよい。 Resin (Ab) may further have an acid-decomposable group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, separately from the repeating unit (Aba).
 極性基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、スルホン酸基、チオール基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a thiol group.
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (═O) — OC (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C (═O) —O— C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) and the like can be mentioned.
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。R01~R02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。 In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 本発明の一形態において、樹脂(Ab)は、下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the resin (Ab) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(A)中、
 R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。(但し、R42はAr又はXと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。)。
In general formula (A),
R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. (However, R 42 may be bonded to Ar 4 or X 4 to form a ring, and R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.)
 Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。(ここで、R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。)。 X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. (Here, R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
 Lは、単結合、-COO-、又はアルキレン基を表す。 L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。 Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。 N represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 R41、R42、R43のアルキル基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していても良いメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基など炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、より好ましくは炭素数8以下のアルキル基、特に好ましくは炭素数3以下のアルキル基が挙げられる。 The alkyl group for R 41 , R 42 and R 43 is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, which may have a substituent, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, more preferably alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms, particularly preferably alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms.
 R41、R42、R43のアルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、上記R41、R42、R43のアルキル基におけるものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of R 41, R 42, R 43 are the same as those in the above-described alkyl group R 41, R 42, R 43.
 R41、R42、R43のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が特に好ましい。 Examples of the halogen atom for R 41 , R 42 and R 43 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferred.
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表す。nが1である場合における2価の芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基などの炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、あるいは、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基を好ましい例として挙げることができる。 Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group. The divalent aromatic ring group in the case where n is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenylene group, or the like. Examples of preferred aromatic ring groups include heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole.
 nが2以上の整数である場合における(n+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group. The group formed can be preferably mentioned.
 (n+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。 The (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
 Lにおけるアルキレン基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8個のものが挙げられる。 The alkylene group for L 4 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an optionally substituted methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group and octylene group.
 Xにより表されるアルキレン基としては、一般式(Ab)におけるLが表す2価の連結基としてのアルキレン基におけるものと同様であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The alkylene group represented by X 4 is the same as that in the alkylene group as the divalent linking group represented by L in formula (Ab), and the preferred range is also the same.
 R42とAr又はXとが結合して環を形成した場合のR42としてのアルキレン基は、直鎖状であっても分岐状であってもよく、炭素数1~5のものが好ましい。 When R 42 and Ar 4 or X 4 are combined to form a ring, the alkylene group as R 42 may be linear or branched and has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. preferable.
 R42とXとが結合して環を形成した場合のXとしてのアルキレン基は、直鎖状であっても分岐状であってもよく、炭素数1~5のものが好ましい。 When R 42 and X 4 are combined to form a ring, the alkylene group as X 4 may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 Xにより表わされる-CONR64-(R64は、水素原子、アルキル基を表す)におけるR64のアルキル基としては、R41~R43のアルキル基と同様のものが挙げられる。 -CONR 64 represented by X 4 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group) The alkyl group for R 64 in, the same as the alkyl group of R 41 ~ R 43.
 Xとしては、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、-CONH-が好ましく、単結合、-COO-がより好ましい。 X 4 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO— or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.
 Arとしては、置換基を有していても良い炭素数6~18の芳香環基がより好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、ビフェニレン環基が特に好ましい。 Ar 4 is more preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and particularly preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group or a biphenylene ring group.
 繰り返し単位(b)は、ヒドロキシスチレン構造を備えていることが好ましい。即ち、Arは、ベンゼン環基であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit (b) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.
 上記各基における好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等を挙げることができ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。 Preferred substituents in each of the above groups include, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyls. Groups, acyloxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, cyano groups, nitro groups and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
 一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記式(A1)又は(A2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。R’’は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A1) or (A2). R ″ represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位(b)の具体例としては、下記に示すもののほか、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0226~0227等に記載のものを援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As specific examples of the repeating unit (b) represented by the general formula (A), in addition to those shown below, those described in paragraphs 0226 to 0227 of JP 2014-41328 A can be used, These contents are incorporated herein.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 樹脂(Ab)は、一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を2種類以上含んでいてもよい。 Resin (Ab) may contain two or more types of repeating units represented by the general formula (A).
 樹脂(Ab)における上記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位の含有率(複数種類含有する場合はその合計)は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の、有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解コントラストを向上させる観点から、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対して好ましくは10~70モル%であり、より好ましくは15~55モル%であり、最も好ましくは20~40モル%である。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (A) in the resin (Ab) (the total in the case of containing a plurality of types) is relative to the developer containing an organic solvent in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. From the viewpoint of improving the dissolution contrast, it is preferably 10 to 70 mol%, more preferably 15 to 55 mol%, most preferably 20 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (Ab). is there.
 樹脂(Ab)は、更に、下記一般式(A5)で表される繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。 Resin (Ab) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(A5)中、
 Xは、水素原子、アルキル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、カルボキシル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、又はアラルキル基を表す。
In formula (A5),
X is a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, acyl group, acyloxy group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, carboxyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, or Represents an aralkyl group.
 Aは、酸の作用により脱離しない炭化水素基を表す。 A 4 represents a hydrocarbon group that is not eliminated by the action of an acid.
 一般式(A5)に於ける、Aの酸の作用により脱離しない炭化水素基としては、上記の酸分解性基以外の炭化水素基が挙げられ、例えば、酸の作用により脱離しないアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、酸の作用により脱離しないシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、酸の作用により脱離しないアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~15)等を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (A5), examples of the hydrocarbon group that is not eliminated by the action of the acid A 4 include hydrocarbon groups other than the acid-decomposable groups, such as an alkyl that is not eliminated by the action of the acid. A group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group that is not eliminated by the action of an acid (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group that is not eliminated by the action of an acid (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms) Can be mentioned.
 Aの酸の作用により脱離しない炭化水素基は、更に、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基等で置換されていてもよい。 The hydrocarbon group that is not eliminated by the action of the acid of A 4 may be further substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or the like.
 以下に、一般式(A5)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A5) will be given, but the invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 また、上記で例示された繰り返し単位とは異なる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の態様として、樹脂(Ab)は、アルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。この場合、アルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(I-1)乃至(I-10)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることが好ましい。アルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(I-1)乃至(I-3)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることがより好ましく、下記一般式(I-1)により表されることが更に好ましい。 In addition, as an aspect of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group different from the repeating unit exemplified above, the resin (Ab) may have a repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In this case, the repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-10). The repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-3). More preferably, it is represented by:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式中、
 Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Raにより表される基を表す。ここで、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
Where
Each Ra independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 . Here, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
 Rは、(n+1)価の有機基を表す。 R 1 represents an (n + 1) valent organic group.
 Rは、m≧2の場合は各々独立に、単結合又は(n+1)価の有機基を表す。 R 2 independently represents a single bond or an (n + 1) -valent organic group when m ≧ 2.
 OPは、各々独立に、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる上記の基を表す。n≧2及び/又はm≧2の場合、2以上のOPが互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。 OP each independently represents the above group which decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group. When n ≧ 2 and / or m ≧ 2, two or more OPs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Wは、メチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。 W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 n及びmは、1以上の整数を表す。なお、一般式(I-2)、(I-3)又は(I-8)においてRが単結合を表す場合、nは1である。 n and m represent an integer of 1 or more. In the general formula (I-2), (I-3) or (I-8), n is 1 when R 2 represents a single bond.
 lは、0以上の整数を表す。 L represents an integer of 0 or more.
 Lは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-O-、-Ar-、-SO-又は-SONH-により表される連結基を表す。ここで、Arは、2価の芳香環基を表す。 L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—. Here, Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 R each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。 R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
 Lは、(m+2)価の連結基を表す。 L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group.
 Rは、m≧2の場合は各々独立に、(n+1)価の連結基を表す。 R L each independently represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group when m ≧ 2.
 Rは、p≧2の場合は各々独立に、置換基を表す。p≧2の場合、複数のRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。 R S each independently represents a substituent when p ≧ 2. For p ≧ 2, plural structured R S may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 pは、0~3の整数を表す。 P represents an integer from 0 to 3.
 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Raにより表される基を表す。Raは、水素原子又は炭素数が1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましい。 Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 . Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Wは、メチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。Wは、メチレン基又は酸素原子であることが好ましい。 W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. W is preferably a methylene group or an oxygen atom.
 Rは、(n+1)価の有機基を表す。Rは、好ましくは、非芳香族性の炭化水素基である。この場合、Rは、鎖状炭化水素基であってもよく、脂環状炭化水素基であってもよい。Rは、より好ましくは、脂環状炭化水素基である。 R 1 represents an (n + 1) valent organic group. R 1 is preferably a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, R 1 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. R 1 is more preferably an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
 Rは、単結合又は(n+1)価の有機基を表す。Rは、好ましくは、単結合又は非芳香族性の炭化水素基である。この場合、Rは、鎖状炭化水素基であってもよく、脂環状炭化水素基であってもよい。 R 2 represents a single bond or an (n + 1) valent organic group. R 2 is preferably a single bond or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, R 2 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
 R及び/又はRが鎖状炭化水素基である場合、この鎖状炭化水素基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。また、この鎖状炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~8であることが好ましい。例えば、R及び/又はRがアルキレン基である場合、R及び/又はRは、メチレン基、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基又はsec-ブチレン基であることが好ましい。 When R 1 and / or R 2 is a chain hydrocarbon group, the chain hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched. In addition, the chain hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. For example, when R 1 and / or R 2 is an alkylene group, R 1 and / or R 2 is a methylene group, ethylene group, n-propylene group, isopropylene group, n-butylene group, isobutylene group or sec- A butylene group is preferred.
 R及び/又はRが脂環状炭化水素基である場合、この脂環状炭化水素基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。この脂環状炭化水素基は、例えば、モノシクロ、ビシクロ、トリシクロ又はテトラシクロ構造を備えている。この脂環状炭化水素基の炭素数は、通常は5以上であり、6~30であることが好ましく、7~25であることがより好ましい。 When R 1 and / or R 2 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. This alicyclic hydrocarbon group has, for example, a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo or tetracyclo structure. The carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is usually 5 or more, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 25.
 この脂環状炭化水素基としては、例えば、以下に列挙する部分構造を備えたものが挙げられる。これら部分構造の各々は、置換基を有していてもよい。また、これら部分構造の各々において、メチレン基(-CH-)は、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、カルボニル基〔-C(=O)-〕、スルホニル基〔-S(=O)-〕、スルフィニル基〔-S(=O)-〕、又はイミノ基〔-N(R)-〕(Rは水素原子若しくはアルキル基)によって置換されていてもよい。 Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include those having the partial structures listed below. Each of these partial structures may have a substituent. In each of these partial structures, the methylene group (—CH 2 —) includes an oxygen atom (—O—), a sulfur atom (—S—), a carbonyl group [—C (═O) —], a sulfonyl group [— —S (═O) 2 —], sulfinyl group [—S (═O) —], or imino group [—N (R) —] (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) may be substituted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 例えば、R及び/又はRがシクロアルキレン基である場合、R及び/又はRは、アダマンチレン基、ノルアダマンチレン基、デカヒドロナフチレン基、トリシクロデカニレン基、テトラシクロドデカニレン基、ノルボルニレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロヘプチレン基、シクロオクチレン基、シクロデカニレン基、又はシクロドデカニレン基であることが好ましく、アダマンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロペンチレン基、テトラシクロドデカニレン基又はトリシクロデカニレン基であることがより好ましい。 For example, when R 1 and / or R 2 is a cycloalkylene group, R 1 and / or R 2 may be an adamantylene group, a noradamantylene group, a decahydronaphthylene group, a tricyclodecanylene group, a tetracyclododeca group. Nylene group, norbornylene group, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group, cycloheptylene group, cyclooctylene group, cyclodecanylene group, or cyclododecanylene group are preferable, and adamantylene group, norbornylene group, cyclohexylene group, cyclopentylene It is more preferable that they are a len group, a tetracyclododecanylene group, or a tricyclodecanylene group.
 R及び/又はRの非芳香族性の炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、及び炭素数2~6のアルコキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。上記のアルキル基、アルコキシ基及びアルコキシカルボニル基は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、及びアルコキシ基が挙げられる。 The non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of R 1 and / or R 2 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The above alkyl group, alkoxy group and alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent. As this substituent, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group are mentioned, for example.
 Lは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-O-、-Ar-、-SO-又は-SONH-により表される連結基を表す。ここで、Arは、2価の芳香環基を表す。Lは、好ましくは-COO-、-CONH-又は-Ar-により表される連結基であり、より好ましくは-COO-又は-CONH-により表される連結基である。 L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—. Here, Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group. L 1 is preferably a linking group represented by —COO—, —CONH— or —Ar—, and more preferably a linking group represented by —COO— or —CONH—.
 Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。アルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~6であり、より好ましくは1~3である。Rは、好ましくは水素原子又はメチル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。 R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキニル基、及びアルケニル基が挙げられる。Rは、好ましくは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子又はメチル基である。 R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkynyl group, and an alkenyl group. R 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Lは、(m+2)価の連結基を表す。即ち、Lは、3価以上の連結基を表す。このような連結基としては、例えば、後掲の具体例における対応した基が挙げられる。 L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group. That is, L 3 represents a trivalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include corresponding groups in specific examples described later.
 Rは、(n+1)価の連結基を表す。即ち、Rは、2価以上の連結基を表す。このような連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及び後掲の具体例における対応した基が挙げられる。Rは、互いに結合して又は下記Rと結合して、環構造を形成していてもよい。 R L represents a (n + 1) -valent linking group. That is, R L represents a divalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, and corresponding groups in the specific examples described below. R L may be bonded to each other or bonded to the following R S to form a ring structure.
 Rは、置換基を表す。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、及びハロゲン原子が挙げられる。 R S represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a halogen atom.
 nは、1以上の整数である。nは、1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましい。また、nを2以上とすると、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液に対する溶解コントラストを更に向上させることが可能となる。従って、こうすると、限界解像力及びラフネス特性を更に向上させることができる。 N is an integer of 1 or more. n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. When n is 2 or more, it is possible to further improve the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent. Accordingly, in this way, the limit resolution and roughness characteristics can be further improved.
 mは、1以上の整数である。mは、1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましい。 M is an integer of 1 or more. m is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
 lは、0以上の整数である。lは、0又は1であることが好ましい。 L is an integer of 0 or more. l is preferably 0 or 1.
 pは、0~3の整数である。 P is an integer from 0 to 3.
 アルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位は、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit that generates an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group.
 以下に、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位の具体例を示す。なお、具体例中、Ra及びOPは、一般式(I-1)乃至(I-3)における各々と同義である。また、複数のOPが互いに結合して環を形成している場合、対応する環構造は、便宜上「O-P-O」と表記している。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group are shown below. In specific examples, Ra and OP have the same meanings as in general formulas (I-1) to (I-3). In addition, when a plurality of OPs are bonded to each other to form a ring, the corresponding ring structure is represented as “OPO” for convenience.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基は、下記一般式(II-1)~(II-4)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることが好ましい。 The group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-1) to (II-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式中、
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
Where
R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Rは、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。Rは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。RとRとは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。 R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。少なくとも2つのRは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。但し、3つのRのうち1つ又は2つが水素原子である場合は、残りのRのうち少なくとも1つは、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。 R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. At least two R 5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基は、下記一般式(II-5)~(II-9)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることも好ましい。 The group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is also preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-5) to (II-9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式中、
 Rは、一般式(II-1)~(II-3)におけるものと同義である。
Where
R 4 has the same meaning as in formulas (II-1) to (II-3).
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。 R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基は、一般式(II-1)乃至(II-3)から選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることがより好ましく、一般式(II-1)又は(II-3)により表されることが更に好ましく、一般式(II-1)により表されることが特に好ましい。 The group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the general formulas (II-1) to (II-3). More preferably, it is represented by 1) or (II-3), and particularly preferably represented by formula (II-1).
 Rは、上述した通り、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above. R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Rのアルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。Rのアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましい。Rのアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、及びn-ブチル基が挙げられる。 The alkyl group for R 3 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3. Examples of the alkyl group for R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and an n-butyl group.
 Rのシクロアルキル基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。Rのシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~10であることが好ましく、4~8であることがより好ましい。Rのシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。 The cycloalkyl group for R 3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 4 to 8. Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
 また、一般式(II-1)において、Rの少なくとも一方は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。このような構成を採用すると、特に高い感度を達成することができる。 In general formula (II-1), at least one of R 3 is preferably a monovalent organic group. When such a configuration is employed, particularly high sensitivity can be achieved.
 Rは、1価の有機基を表す。Rは、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。これらアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 4 represents a monovalent organic group. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. These alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
 Rのアルキル基は、置換基を有していないか、又は、1つ以上のアリール基及び/又は1つ以上のシリル基を置換基として有していることが好ましい。無置換アルキル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましい。1つ以上のアリール基により置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基部分の炭素数は、1~25であることが好ましい。1つ以上のシリル基により置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基部分の炭素数は、1~30であることが好ましい。また、Rのシクロアルキル基が置換基を有していない場合、その炭素数は、3~20であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 4 preferably has no substituent, or preferably has one or more aryl groups and / or one or more silyl groups as substituents. The carbon number of the unsubstituted alkyl group is preferably 1-20. The alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more silyl groups is preferably 1-30. Further, when the cycloalkyl group of R 4 has no substituent, the carbon number thereof is preferably 3-20.
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。但し、3つのRのうち1つ又は2つが水素原子である場合は、残りのRのうち少なくとも1つは、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。アルキル基が置換基を有していない場合、その炭素数は、1~6であることが好ましく、1~3であることが好ましい。 R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. However, when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. When the alkyl group does not have a substituent, the carbon number thereof is preferably 1 to 6, and preferably 1 to 3.
 Rは、上述した通り、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子又は置換基を有していないアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~10であり且つ置換基を有していないアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。 R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above. R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having no substituent. R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having no substituent.
 なお、R、R及びRのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、先にRについて説明したのと同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 4 , R 5, and R 6 include the same as those described above for R 3 .
 以下に、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基の具体例を示す。 Specific examples of groups that decompose by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 以下に酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位の具体例を示す。下記具体例中、Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group are shown below. In the following specific examples, Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種類であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The above repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be one type or a combination of two or more types.
 樹脂(Ab)における酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(複数種類含有する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対して好ましくは10~90モル%であり、より好ましくは30~80モル%であり、最も好ましくは50~70モル%である。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group in the resin (Ab) (when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 10 to 90 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (Ab), More preferably, it is 30 to 80 mol%, and most preferably 50 to 70 mol%.
 樹脂(Ab)は、下記一般式(4)により表される繰り返し単位を更に含んでも良い。 Resin (Ab) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 R41は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。L41は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。L42は、2価の連結基を表す。Sは、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して側鎖に酸を発生させる構造部位を表す。 R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. S represents a structural site that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in the side chain.
 一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、例えば、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0195~0209、特開2013-54196号公報の段落0016~0145等に記載のものを援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (4) include, for example, those described in paragraphs 0195 to 0209 of JP2014-41328A, paragraphs 0016 to 0145 of JP2013-54196A, and the like. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 樹脂(Ab)における一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(Ab)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~40モル%の範囲が好ましく、2~30モル%の範囲がより好ましく、5~25モル%の範囲が特に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (4) in the resin (Ab) is preferably in the range of 1 to 40 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (Ab), and in the range of 2 to 30 mol%. Is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 25 mol% is particularly preferable.
 樹脂(Ab)は、一般式(A)で現される繰り返し単位とは異なる、極性基を有する繰り返し単位(b’)を含むことが好ましい。繰り返し単位(b’)を含むことにより、例えば、樹脂を含んだ組成物の感度を向上させることができる。繰り返し単位(b’)は、非酸分解性の繰り返し単位であること(すなわち、酸分解性基を有さないこと)が好ましい。 The resin (Ab) preferably contains a repeating unit (b ′) having a polar group, which is different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A). By including the repeating unit (b ′), for example, the sensitivity of the composition containing a resin can be improved. The repeating unit (b ′) is preferably a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit (that is, having no acid-decomposable group).
 繰り返し単位(b’)が含み得る「極性基」としては、例えば、以下の(1)~(4)が挙げられる。なお、以下において、「電気陰性度」とは、Paulingによる値を意味している。 Examples of the “polar group” that can be contained in the repeating unit (b ′) include the following (1) to (4). In the following, “electronegativity” means a value by Pauling.
 (1)酸素原子と、酸素原子との電気陰性度の差が1.1以上である原子とが、単結合により結合した構造を含む官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基などのO-Hにより表される構造を含んだ基が挙げられる。
(1) A functional group including a structure in which an oxygen atom and an atom having an electronegativity difference of 1.1 or more are bonded by a single bond. Examples of such a polar group include a hydroxy group and the like. And a group containing a structure represented by O—H.
 (2)窒素原子と、窒素原子との電気陰性度の差が0.6以上である原子とが、単結合により結合した構造を含む官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、アミノ基などのN-Hにより表される構造を含んだ基が挙げられる。
(2) Functional group including a structure in which a nitrogen atom and an atom having a difference in electronegativity of the nitrogen atom of 0.6 or more are bonded by a single bond. Examples of such a polar group include an amino group and the like. And a group containing a structure represented by NH.
 (3)電気陰性度が0.5以上異なる2つの原子が二重結合又は三重結合により結合した構造を含む官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、C≡N、C=O、N=O、S=O又はC=Nにより表される構造を含んだ基が挙げられる。
(3) Functional group including a structure in which two atoms having electronegativity different by 0.5 or more are bonded by a double bond or a triple bond. Examples of such a polar group include C≡N, C═O, N = And a group containing a structure represented by O, S═O or C═N.
 (4)イオン性部位を有する官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、N又はSにより表される部位を有する基が挙げられる。 
 以下に、「極性基」が含み得る部分構造の具体例を挙げる。
(4) Functional group having an ionic moiety Examples of such a polar group include a group having a moiety represented by N + or S + .
Specific examples of the partial structure that can be included in the “polar group” are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 繰り返し単位(b’)が含み得る極性基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、アンモニウム基、スルホニウム基、カーボネート基(-O-CO-O-)(例えば、環状炭酸エステル構造等)及びこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせてなる基より選択されることが好ましく、アルコール性ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ラクトン基、スルトン基、又は、シアノラクトン構造を含んだ基であることが特に好ましい。 The polar group that can be contained in the repeating unit (b ′) is a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, an ammonium group, a sulfonium group, a carbonate group (— O—CO—O—) (for example, cyclic carbonate structure, etc.) and a group formed by combining two or more of these are preferable, and an alcoholic hydroxy group, cyano group, lactone group, sultone group, or A group containing a cyanolactone structure is particularly preferred.
 樹脂にアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、樹脂を含んだ組成物の露光ラチチュード(EL)を更に向上させることができる。 When the resin further contains a repeating unit having an alcoholic hydroxy group, the exposure latitude (EL) of the composition containing the resin can be further improved.
 樹脂にシアノ基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、樹脂を含んだ組成物の感度を更に向上させることができる。 If the resin further contains a repeating unit having a cyano group, the sensitivity of the resin-containing composition can be further improved.
 樹脂にラクトン基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液に対する溶解コントラストを更に向上させることができる。また、こうすると、樹脂を含んだ組成物のドライエッチング耐性、塗布性、及び基板との密着性を更に向上させることも可能となる。 If the resin further contains a repeating unit having a lactone group, the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved. This also makes it possible to further improve the dry etching resistance, coating properties, and adhesion to the substrate of the resin-containing composition.
 樹脂にシアノ基を有するラクトン構造を含んだ基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液に対する溶解コントラストを更に向上させることができる。また、こうすると、樹脂を含んだ組成物の感度、ドライエッチング耐性、塗布性、及び基板との密着性を更に向上させることも可能となる。加えて、こうすると、シアノ基及びラクトン基のそれぞれに起因した機能を単一の繰り返し単位に担わせることが可能となり、樹脂の設計の自由度を更に増大させることも可能となる。 When the resin further contains a repeating unit having a group containing a lactone structure having a cyano group, the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved. This also makes it possible to further improve the sensitivity, dry etching resistance, applicability, and adhesion to the substrate of the composition containing the resin. In addition, this makes it possible for a single repeating unit to have a function attributable to each of the cyano group and the lactone group, thereby further increasing the degree of freedom in designing the resin.
 繰り返し単位(b’)が有する極性基がアルコール性ヒドロキシ基である場合、下記一般式(I-1H)乃至(I-10H)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることが好ましい。特には、下記一般式(I-1H)乃至(I-3H)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることがより好ましく、下記一般式(I-1H)により表されることが更に好ましい。 When the polar group of the repeating unit (b ′) is an alcoholic hydroxy group, it is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) . In particular, it is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-3H), and is preferably represented by the following general formula (I-1H). Further preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式中、Ra、R、R、W、n、m、l、L、R、R、L、R、R及びpは、一般式(I-1)乃至(I-10)における各々と同義である。 In the formula, Ra, R 1 , R 2 , W, n, m, l, L 1 , R, R 0 , L 3 , R L , R S and p are represented by the general formulas (I-1) to (I− It is synonymous with each of 10).
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位と、上記一般式(I-1H)乃至(I-10H)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表される繰り返し単位とを併用すると、例えば、アルコール性ヒドロキシ基による酸拡散の抑制と、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基による感度の増大とにより、他の性能を劣化させることなしに、露光ラチチュード(EL)を改良することが可能となる。 A repeating unit having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group, and a repeating unit represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) When the unit is used in combination, for example, by suppressing acid diffusion due to an alcoholic hydroxy group and increasing sensitivity due to a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group, without degrading other performances, The exposure latitude (EL) can be improved.
 アルコール性ヒドロキシ基を有する場合、その繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~60mol%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~50mol%、更に好ましくは5~40mol%である。 In the case of having an alcoholic hydroxy group, the content of the repeating unit is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (Ab). It is.
 以下に、一般式(I-1H)乃至(I-10H)の何れかにより表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示す。なお、具体例中、Raは、一般式(I-1H)乃至(I-10H)におけるものと同義である。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by any one of the general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) are shown below. In specific examples, Ra has the same meaning as that in formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 繰り返し単位(b’)が有する極性基がアルコール性ヒドロキシ基またはシアノ基である場合、好ましい繰り返し単位の一つの態様として、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが挙げられる。このとき、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。水酸基またはシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造に於ける、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、ジアマンチル基、ノルボルナン基が好ましい。好ましい水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造としては、下記一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)で表される部分構造が好ましい。これにより基板密着性、及び現像液親和性が向上する。 When the polar group of the repeating unit (b ′) is an alcoholic hydroxy group or a cyano group, one embodiment of a preferable repeating unit is a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Can be mentioned. At this time, it is preferable not to have an acid-decomposable group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diamantyl group, or a norbornane group. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a preferred hydroxyl group or cyano group, partial structures represented by the following general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) are preferred. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)に於いて、
 Rc~Rcは、各々独立に、水素原子又は水酸基又はシアノ基を表す。ただし、Rc~Rcの内の少なくとも1つは、水酸基を表す。好ましくは、Rc~Rcの内の1つ又は2つが、水酸基で、残りが水素原子である。一般式(VIIa)に於いて、更に好ましくは、Rc~Rcの内の2つが、水酸基で、残りが水素原子である。
In the general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc),
R 2 c to R 4 c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, at least one of R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group. Preferably, one or two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the remaining is a hydrogen atom. In the general formula (VIIa), more preferably, two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)で表される部分構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)で表される繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。 Examples of the repeating unit having a partial structure represented by the general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) include the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)に於いて、
 Rcは、水素原子、メチル基、トリフロロメチル基又はヒドロキシメチル基を表す。
In the general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc),
R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
 Rc~Rcは、一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)に於ける、Rc~Rcと同義である。 R 2 c ~ R 4 c is in the general formula (VIIa) ~ (VIIc), the same meanings as R 2 c ~ R 4 c.
 樹脂(Ab)は水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有していても含有していなくてもよいが、含有する場合、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~50モル%、更に好ましくは5~40モル%である。 The resin (Ab) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group in the resin (Ab) The amount is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units.
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 繰り返し単位(b’)は、極性基としてラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位であってもよい。 The repeating unit (b ′) may be a repeating unit having a lactone structure as a polar group.
 ラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AII)で表される繰り返し単位がより好ましい。 As the repeating unit having a lactone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 一般式(AII)中、
 Rbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
In general formula (AII),
Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
 Rbのアルキル基が有していてもよい好ましい置換基としては、水酸基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。Rbのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、沃素原子を挙げることができる。Rbとして、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基であり、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。 Preferable substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom for Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環のシクロアルキル構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、カルボニル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基を表す。Abは、好ましくは、単結合、-Ab-CO-で表される2価の連結基である。 Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl structure, an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonyl group, or a divalent linking group obtained by combining these. Ab is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group represented by —Ab 1 —CO 2 —.
 Abは、直鎖又は分岐アルキレン基、単環又は多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、好ましくはメチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基である。 Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, and preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, an adamantylene group, or a norbornylene group.
 Vは、ラクトン構造を有する基を表す。 V represents a group having a lactone structure.
 ラクトン構造を有する基としては、ラクトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。また、ラクトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましいラクトン構造としては(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-6)、(LC1-8)、(LC1-13)、(LC1-14)である。 As the group having a lactone structure, any group having a lactone structure can be used, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is added to the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure. Those in which other ring structures are condensed in the form to be formed are preferred. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17). The lactone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-8), (LC1-13), (LC1-14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 ラクトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7の1価のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、酸分解性基である。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a monovalent cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. , Carboxyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring. .
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位は、通常光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上である。 The repeating unit having a lactone group usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
 樹脂(Ab)はラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有しても含有しなくてもよいが、ラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(Ab)中のラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、1~70モル%の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは3~65モル%の範囲であり、更に好ましくは5~60モル%の範囲である。 The resin (Ab) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure, but when it contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure, the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure in the resin (Ab) Is preferably in the range of 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 65 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all repeating units.
 以下に、樹脂(Ab)中のラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。式中、Rxは、H,CH,CHOH,又はCFを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a lactone structure in the resin (Ab) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 また、樹脂(Ab)が有するスルトン基としては、下記一般式(SL-1)、(SL-2)が好ましい。式中のRb、nは、上述した一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)と同義である。 The sultone groups possessed by the resin (Ab) are preferably the following general formulas (SL-1) and (SL-2). In the formula, Rb 2 and n 2 have the same meanings as in the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 樹脂(Ab)が有するスルトン基を含む繰り返し単位としては、前述したラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位におけるラクトン基を、スルトン基に置換したものが好ましい。 As the repeating unit containing a sultone group that the resin (Ab) has, a lactone group in the repeating unit having a lactone group described above is preferably substituted with a sultone group.
 また、繰り返し単位(b’)が有しうる極性基が酸性基であることも特に好ましい態様の一つである。好ましい酸性基としてはフェノール性ヒドロキシル基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(例えばヘキサフロロイソプロパノール基)、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。なかでも繰り返し単位(b)はカルボキシル基を有する繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。酸性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有することによりコンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。酸性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に直接酸性基が結合している繰り返し単位、あるいは連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸性基が結合している繰り返し単位、更には酸性基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入のいずれも好ましい。特に好ましくはアクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位である。 In addition, it is also a particularly preferable aspect that the polar group that the repeating unit (b ′) may have is an acidic group. Preferred acidic groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (eg hexafluoroisopropanol group), sulfonamide groups, sulfonylimide groups, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups, Alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, A tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group is mentioned. Of these, the repeating unit (b) is more preferably a repeating unit having a carboxyl group. By containing the repeating unit having an acidic group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased. The repeating unit having an acidic group includes a repeating unit in which an acidic group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acidic group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group. It is preferable to use a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having a repeating unit bonded to each other, or an acidic group, at the time of polymerization and introduce it at the end of the polymer chain. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
 繰り返し単位(b’)が有しうる酸性基は、芳香環を含んでいてもいなくてもよい。繰り返し単位(b’)が酸性基を有する場合、酸性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、30モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂(Ab)が酸性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(Ab)における酸性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、1モル%以上である。 The acidic group that the repeating unit (b ′) may have may or may not contain an aromatic ring. When the repeating unit (b ′) has an acidic group, the content of the repeating unit having an acidic group is preferably 30 mol% or less, and 20 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (Ab). It is more preferable that When resin (Ab) contains the repeating unit which has an acidic group, content of the repeating unit which has an acidic group in resin (Ab) is 1 mol% or more normally.
 酸性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acidic group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 具体例中、RxはH、CH、CHOH又はCFを表す。 In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 樹脂(Ab)は下記一般式(c1)で表される複数の芳香環を有する繰り返し単位(c)を有していても良い。 Resin (Ab) may have a repeating unit (c) having a plurality of aromatic rings represented by the following general formula (c1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 一般式(c1)中、
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はニトロ基を表し;
 Yは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し;
 Zは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し;
 Arは、芳香環基を表し;
 pは1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (c1),
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or a nitro group;
Y represents a single bond or a divalent linking group;
Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group;
Ar represents an aromatic ring group;
p represents an integer of 1 or more.
 一般式(c1)で表される繰り返し単位に関しては、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0265~0279に記載の内容が援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Regarding the repeating unit represented by the general formula (c1), the contents described in paragraphs 0265 to 0279 of JP 2014-41328 A can be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 樹脂(Ab)は、繰り返し単位(c)を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、繰り返し単位(c)の含有率は、樹脂(Ab)全繰り返し単位に対して、1~30モル%の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~20モル%の範囲であり、更に好ましくは1~15モル%の範囲である。樹脂(Ab)に含まれる繰り返し単位(c)は2種類以上を組み合わせて含んでもよい。 The resin (Ab) may or may not contain the repeating unit (c), but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit (c) is 1 to 30 with respect to the entire repeating unit of the resin (Ab). It is preferably in the range of mol%, more preferably in the range of 1 to 20 mol%, still more preferably in the range of 1 to 15 mol%. The repeating unit (c) contained in the resin (Ab) may contain a combination of two or more types.
 本発明における樹脂(Ab)は、繰り返し単位(a)~(c)以外の繰り返し単位を適宜有していてもよい。そのような繰り返し単位の一例として、更に極性基(例えば、上記の酸基、水酸基、シアノ基)を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。これにより、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像の際に樹脂の溶解性を適切に調整することができる。このような繰り返し単位としては、一般式(IV)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The resin (Ab) in the present invention may appropriately have a repeating unit other than the repeating units (a) to (c). As an example of such a repeating unit, it can further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the above-mentioned acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. . Thereby, the solubility of the resin can be appropriately adjusted during development using a developer containing an organic solvent. Examples of such a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 一般式(IV)中、Rは少なくとも1つの環状構造を有し、極性基を有さない炭化水素基を表す。 In general formula (IV), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
 Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Ra基を表す。式中、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Raは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。 Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rが有する環状構造には、単環式炭化水素基及び多環式炭化水素基が含まれる。単環式炭化水素基としては、たとえば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロへプチル基、シクロオクチル基などの炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、シクロへキセニル基など炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基が挙げられる。好ましい単環式炭化水素基としては、炭素数3~7の単環式炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 The cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkenyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group and the like, and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and cyclohexenyl group. Groups. A preferred monocyclic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
 多環式炭化水素基には環集合炭化水素基、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、環集合炭化水素基の例としては、ビシクロヘキシル基、パーヒドロナフタレニル基などが含まれる。架橋環式炭化水素環として、例えば、ピナン、ボルナン、ノルピナン、ノルボルナン、ビシクロオクタン環(ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環等)などの2環式炭化水素環及び、ホモブレンダン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、トリシクロ[4.3.1.12,5]ウンデカン環などの3環式炭化水素環、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカン、パーヒドロ-1,4-メタノ-5,8-メタノナフタレン環などの4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、縮合環式炭化水素環、例えば、パーヒドロナフタレン(デカリン)、パーヒドロアントラセン、パーヒドロフェナントレン、パーヒドロアセナフテン、パーヒドロフルオレン、パーヒドロインデン、パーヒドロフェナレン環などの5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。 The polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group. As the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobrendane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodecane, tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings such as perhydro-1,4-methano-5,8-methanonaphthalene ring, and the like. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene. A condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
 好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環として、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、ビシクロオクタニル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカニル基、などが挙げられる。より好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環としてノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 これらの脂環式炭化水素基は置換基を有していても良く、好ましい置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、水素原子が置換されたヒドロキシル基、水素原子が置換されたアミノ基などが挙げられる。好ましいハロゲン原子としては臭素、塩素、フッ素原子、好ましいアルキル基としてはメチル、エチル、ブチル、t-ブチル基が挙げられる。上記のアルキル基は更に置換基を有していても良く、更に有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、水素原子が置換されたヒドロキシル基、水素原子が置換されたアミノ基を挙げることができる。 These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done. Preferred halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine and fluorine atoms, and preferred alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl and t-butyl groups. The alkyl group described above may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may further include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. The group can be mentioned.
 上記水素原子の置換基としては、たとえばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、置換メチル基、置換エチル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。好ましいアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、好ましい置換メチル基としてはメトキシメチル、メトキシチオメチル、ベンジルオキシメチル、t-ブトキシメチル、2-メトキシエトキシメチル基、好ましい置換エチル基としては、1-エトキシエチル、1-メチル-1-メトキシエチル、好ましいアシル基としては、ホルミル、アセチル、プロピオニル、ブチリル、イソブチリル、バレリル、ピバロイル基などの炭素数1~6の脂肪族アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基としては炭素数1~4のアルコキシカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrogen atom substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkyloxycarbonyl group. Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferred substituted methyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl groups, and preferred substituted ethyl groups. 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl, preferable acyl groups include aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl and pivaloyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the group include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 樹脂(Ab)は、極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、この繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(Ab)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~20モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~15モル%である。 The resin (Ab) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. The content is preferably from 1 to 20 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 15 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (Ab).
 極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、又はCFを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 また、樹脂(Ab)は、Tgの向上やドライエッジング耐性の向上、先述のアウトオブバンド光の内部フィルター等の効果を鑑み、下記のモノマー成分を含んでも良い。 In addition, the resin (Ab) may contain the following monomer components in view of effects such as improvement in Tg, improvement in dry edging resistance, and the above-described internal filter for out-of-band light.
 樹脂(Ab)は、下記一般式(V)又は下記一般式(VI)で表される繰り返し単位を含有してもよい。 Resin (Ab) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V) or the following general formula (VI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 式中、
 R及びR7は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基又はアシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。
Where
R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group or an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, It represents a halogen atom, an ester group (—OCOR or —COOR: R is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
 nは0~6の整数を表す。 n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
 Xはメチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子である。 X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 一般式(V)又は一般式(VI)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を下記に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (V) or the general formula (VI) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 また、樹脂(Ab)は、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 Moreover, the resin (Ab) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
 環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 一般式(A-1)中、R は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 In general formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 R は、nが2以上の場合は各々独立して、置換基を表す。 R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more.
 Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。 A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。 Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C (═O) —O— in the formula.
 nは0以上の整数を表す。 N represents an integer of 0 or more.
 一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位に関しては、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0293~0304に記載の内容を援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Regarding the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1), the contents described in paragraphs 0293 to 0304 of JP-A-2014-41328 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(Ab)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は、レジストのドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更にはレジストの一般的な必要性能である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節するために適宜設定される。 In the resin (Ab) used in the composition of the present invention, the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the resist dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general resist requirements. It is appropriately set in order to adjust the resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are performance.
 以下に樹脂(Ab)の具体例を挙げるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the resin (Ab) are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 本発明の樹脂(Ab)の形態としては、ランダム型、ブロック型、クシ型、スター型のいずれの形態でもよい。 The form of the resin (Ab) of the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
 樹脂(Ab)は、例えば、各構造に対応する不飽和モノマーのラジカル、カチオン、又はアニオン重合により合成することができる。また各構造の前駆体に相当する不飽和モノマーを用いて重合した後に、高分子反応を行うことにより目的とする樹脂を得ることも可能である。 Resin (Ab) can be synthesized, for example, by radical, cation, or anionic polymerization of unsaturated monomers corresponding to each structure. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
 例えば、一般的合成方法としては、不飽和モノマー及び重合開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤に不飽和モノマーと重合開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。 For example, as a general synthesis method, an unsaturated monomer and a polymerization initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the unsaturated monomer and the polymerization initiator is added to the heating solvent for 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method etc. which are dropped and added over are mentioned, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
 重合に使用される溶媒としては、例えば、後述の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤等を挙げることができ、より好ましくは本発明の組成物に用いられる溶剤と同一の溶剤を用いて重合することが好ましい。これにより保存時のパーティクルの発生が抑制できる。 Examples of the solvent used for the polymerization include a solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described below, and more preferably the composition of the present invention. Polymerization is preferably carried out using the same solvent as used in the above. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the particle at the time of a preservation | save can be suppressed.
 重合反応は窒素やアルゴンなど不活性ガス雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては市販のラジカル開始剤(アゾ系開始剤、パーオキサイドなど)を用いて重合を開始させる。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤が好ましい。好ましい開始剤としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。必要に応じて連鎖移動剤(例えば、アルキルメルカプタンなど)の存在下で重合を行ってもよい。 The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. As a polymerization initiator, a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable. Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If necessary, the polymerization may be performed in the presence of a chain transfer agent (for example, alkyl mercaptan).
 反応の濃度は5~70質量%であり、好ましくは10~50質量%である。反応温度は、通常10℃~150℃であり、好ましくは30℃~120℃、更に好ましくは40~100℃である。 
 反応時間は、通常1~48時間であり、好ましくは1~24時間、更に好ましくは1~12時間である。
The concentration of the reaction is 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 30 ° C to 120 ° C, more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours, and more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
 反応終了後、室温まで放冷し、精製する。精製は、水洗や適切な溶媒を組み合わせることにより残留単量体やオリゴマー成分を除去する液々抽出法、特定の分子量以下のもののみを抽出除去する限外ろ過等の溶液状態での精製方法や、樹脂溶液を貧溶媒へ滴下することで樹脂を貧溶媒中に凝固させることにより残留単量体等を除去する再沈澱法やろ別した樹脂スラリーを貧溶媒で洗浄する等の固体状態での精製方法等の通常の方法を適用できる。例えば、上記樹脂が難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒(貧溶媒)を、この反応溶液の10倍以下の体積量、好ましくは10~5倍の体積量で、接触させることにより樹脂を固体として析出させる。 After the reaction is complete, cool to room temperature and purify. Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less. , Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent A normal method such as a method can be applied. For example, the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times the volume of the reaction solution.
 ポリマー溶液からの沈殿又は再沈殿操作の際に用いる溶媒(沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒)としては、このポリマーの貧溶媒であればよく、ポリマーの種類に応じて、炭化水素、ハロゲン化炭化水素、ニトロ化合物、エーテル、ケトン、エステル、カーボネート、アルコール、カルボン酸、水、これらの溶媒を含む混合溶媒等の中から適宜選択して使用できる。これらの中でも、沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒として、少なくともアルコール(特に、メタノールなど)又は水を含む溶媒が好ましい。 The solvent used for the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution (precipitation or reprecipitation solvent) may be any poor solvent for this polymer. Depending on the type of polymer, hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro A compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use. Among these, as a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent, a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
 沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒の使用量は、効率や収率等を考慮して適宜選択できるが、一般には、ポリマー溶液100質量部に対して、100~10000質量部、好ましくは200~2000質量部、更に好ましくは300~1000質量部である。 The amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
 沈殿又は再沈殿する際の温度としては、効率や操作性を考慮して適宜選択できるが、通常0~50℃程度、好ましくは室温付近(例えば20~35℃程度)である。沈殿又は再沈殿操作は、攪拌槽などの慣用の混合容器を用い、バッチ式、連続式等の公知の方法により行うことができる。 The temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.). The precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
 沈殿又は再沈殿したポリマーは、通常、濾過、遠心分離等の慣用の固液分離に付し、乾燥して使用に供される。濾過は、耐溶剤性の濾材を用い、好ましくは加圧下で行われる。乾燥は、常圧又は減圧下(好ましくは減圧下)、30~100℃程度、好ましくは30~50℃程度の温度で行われる。 Precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
 なお、一度、樹脂を析出させて、分離した後に、再び溶媒に溶解させ、この樹脂が難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒と接触させてもよい。即ち、上記ラジカル重合反応終了後、このポリマーが難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒を接触させ、樹脂を析出させ(工程a)、樹脂を溶液から分離し(工程b)、改めて溶媒に溶解させ樹脂溶液Aを調製(工程c)、その後、この樹脂溶液Aに、この樹脂が難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒を、樹脂溶液Aの10倍未満の体積量(好ましくは5倍以下の体積量)で、接触させることにより樹脂固体を析出させ(工程d)、析出した樹脂を分離する(工程e)ことを含む方法でもよい。 It should be noted that once the resin is precipitated and separated, it may be dissolved again in a solvent, and the resin may be brought into contact with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent. That is, after completion of the radical polymerization reaction, a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is brought into contact, the resin is precipitated (step a), the resin is separated from the solution (step b), and the resin solution A is dissolved again in the solvent. (Step c), and then, the resin solution A is brought into contact with a solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount less than 10 times that of the resin solution A (preferably 5 times or less). This may be a method including precipitating a resin solid (step d) and separating the precipitated resin (step e).
 重合反応は窒素やアルゴンなど不活性ガス雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては市販のラジカル開始剤(アゾ系開始剤、パーオキサイドなど)を用いて重合を開始させる。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤が好ましい。好ましい開始剤としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、ジメチル2,2‘-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。所望により開始剤を追加、あるいは分割で添加し、反応終了後、溶剤に投入して粉体あるいは固形回収等の方法で所望のポリマーを回収する。反応の濃度は5~50質量%であり、好ましくは10~30質量%である。反応温度は、通常10℃~150℃であり、好ましくは30℃~120℃、更に好ましくは60~100℃である。 The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. As a polymerization initiator, a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable. Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If desired, an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery. The concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
 本発明に係わる樹脂(Ab)の分子量は、特に制限されないが、重量平均分子量が1000~100000の範囲であることが好ましく、1500~60000の範囲であることがより好ましく、2000~30000の範囲であることが特に好ましい。重量平均分子量を1000~100000の範囲とすることにより、耐熱性やドライエッチング耐性の劣化を防ぐことができ、且つ現像性が劣化したり、粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化することを防ぐことができる。ここで、樹脂の重量平均分子量は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)(キャリア:THFあるいはN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP))によって測定したポリスチレン換算分子量を示す。 The molecular weight of the resin (Ab) according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight is preferably in the range of 1000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 1500 to 60000, and in the range of 2000 to 30000. It is particularly preferred. By setting the weight average molecular weight in the range of 1,000 to 100,000, it is possible to prevent deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance, and also prevent deterioration of developability and film formation due to increased viscosity. be able to. Here, the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a polystyrene equivalent molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
 また分散度(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは1.00~5.00、より好ましくは1.03~3.50であり、更に好ましくは、1.05~2.50である。分子量分布の小さいものほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、且つレジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。 The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably 1.00 to 5.00, more preferably 1.03 to 3.50, and still more preferably 1.05 to 2.50. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and the resist shape, and the smoother the side wall of the resist pattern, the better the roughness.
 本発明の樹脂(Ab)は、1種類単独で、又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。樹脂(Ab)の含有率は、本発明の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分を基準にして、20~99質量%が好ましく、30~89質量%がより好ましく、40~79質量%が特に好ましい。
 [2]樹脂(Ab)とは異なる、酸の作用により分解し、現像液に対する溶解度が変化する樹脂(B)
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、樹脂(Ab)とは異なる、酸の作用により分解し、現像液に対する溶解度が変化する樹脂(以下、樹脂(B)とも言う)を含有していても良い。
Resin (Ab) of this invention can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the resin (Ab) is preferably 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 89% by mass, based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. 40 to 79% by mass is particularly preferable.
[2] Resin (B) which is different from resin (Ab) and decomposes by the action of an acid and changes its solubility in a developer.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is different from the resin (Ab) in that it decomposes by the action of an acid and changes its solubility in a developer (hereinafter also referred to as a resin (B)). You may contain.
 樹脂(B)は、極性基が酸の作用により分解し脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する樹脂である。 Resin (B) is a resin having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”).
 樹脂(B)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 Resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
 極性基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、スルホン酸基、チオール基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a thiol group.
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (═O) — OC (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C (═O) —O— C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) and the like can be mentioned.
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。R01~R02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。 In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 01 to R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 樹脂(B)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。 Resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
 樹脂(B)の重量平均分子量は、GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、好ましくは1,000~200,000であり、より好ましくは2,000~20,000、更により好ましくは3,000~15,000、特に好ましくは3,000~10,000である。重量平均分子量を、1,000~200,000とすることにより、耐熱性やドライエッチング耐性の劣化を防ぐことができ、且つ現像性が劣化したり、粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化することを防ぐことができる。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably from 3,000 to 15 in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 1,000, particularly preferably 3,000 to 10,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 1,000 to 200,000, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented, and developability is deteriorated, and viscosity is increased, resulting in deterioration of film forming property. Can be prevented.
 分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1~3であり、好ましくは1~2.6、更に好ましくは1~2、特に好ましくは1.4~1.7の範囲のものが使用される。分子量分布の小さいものほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、且つレジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。 The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2.6, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 1.7. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and the resist shape, and the smoother the side wall of the resist pattern, the better the roughness.
 樹脂(B)は、2種類以上組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Resin (B) may be used in combination of two or more.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、樹脂(B)を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、樹脂(B)の添加量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、通常1~50質量%であり、好ましくは1~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは1~15質量%である。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may or may not contain the resin (B). However, when it is contained, the amount of the resin (B) added is the actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive. It is usually 1 to 50% by mass, preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the radiation resin composition.
 樹脂(B)としては、特開2010-217884号公報の段落[0059]~[0169]に記載されているもの、特願2011-217048号の段落[0214]~[0594]に記載されているものが挙げられる。
 [3](B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「酸発生剤」又は「光酸発生剤」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。
The resin (B) is described in paragraphs [0059] to [0169] of JP-A No. 2010-217884, and described in paragraphs [0214] to [0594] of Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-217048. Things.
[3] (B) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation The composition of the present invention comprises a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator” or “photoacid generation”). It is preferable to contain an agent.
 酸発生剤としては、公知のものであれば特に限定されないが、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、有機酸、例えば、スルホン酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド、又はトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドの少なくともいずれかを発生する化合物が好ましい。 The acid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a publicly known acid generator, but upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, at least any of organic acids such as sulfonic acid, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide. Compounds that generate such are preferred.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)は、低分子化合物の形態であっても良く、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であっても良い。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用しても良い。 The compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。 When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した酸分解性樹脂の一部に組み込まれても良く、酸分解性樹脂とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれても良い。 When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above. It may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin.
 より好ましくは下記一般式(ZI)、(ZII)、(ZIII)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 More preferably, compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
In the general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。 The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。 Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
 Zは、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)を表す。 Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオンなど)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンなど)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等を挙げられる。 Non-nucleophilic anions include, for example, sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphor sulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyls). Carboxylate anion, etc.), sulfonylimide anion, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion and the like.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~30の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基及び炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。 The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number. Examples include 3 to 30 cycloalkyl groups.
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この具体例としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~15)、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)、アルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20)、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数10~20)、アルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数5~20)、シクロアルキルアルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数8~20)等を挙げることができる。各基が有するアリール基及び環構造については、置換基として更にアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7), an alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably a carbon atom) Number 6 to 20), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), cycloalkylary Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like. . Regarding the aryl group and ring structure of each group, examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~12のアラルキル基、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、ナフチルブチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンを挙げることができる。 Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like. A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
 また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。これにより、酸強度が増加する。 In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. This increases the acid strength.
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、弗素化燐(例えば、PF )、弗素化硼素(例えば、BF )、弗素化アンチモン(例えば、SbF )等を挙げることができる。 Examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ), fluorinated antimony (eg, SbF 6 ), and the like. .
 非求核性アニオンとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。非求核性アニオンとして、より好ましくはパーフロロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン(更に好ましくは炭素数4~8)、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、更により好ましくはノナフロロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフロロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフロロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、3,5-ビス(トリフロロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンである。 Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least α-position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group having a fluorine atom And a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom. The non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion (more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms), a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, or perfluorooctane. A sulfonate anion, a pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, and a 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
 酸強度の観点からは、発生酸のpKaが-1以下であることが、感度向上のために好ましい。 From the viewpoint of acid strength, the pKa of the generated acid is preferably −1 or less in order to improve sensitivity.
 また、非求核性アニオンとしては、以下の一般式(AN1)で表されるアニオンも好ましい態様として挙げられる。 Also, as the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) can be mentioned as a preferred embodiment.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 式中、
 Xfは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
Where
Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
 R、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表し、複数存在する場合のR、Rは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2 , they may be the same or different.
 Lは、二価の連結基を表し、複数存在する場合のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。 L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
 Aは、環状の有機基を表す。 A represents a cyclic organic group.
 xは1~20の整数を表し、yは0~10の整数を表し、zは0~10の整数を表す。 X represents an integer of 1 to 20, y represents an integer of 0 to 10, and z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一般式(AN1)について、更に詳細に説明する。 The general formula (AN1) will be described in more detail.
 Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4である。また、Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
 Xfとして好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。Xfの具体的としては、フッ素原子、CF、C、C、C、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCHが挙げられ、中でもフッ素原子、CFが好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 may be mentioned, among which a fluorine atom and CF 3 are preferable. In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 R、Rのアルキル基は、置換基(好ましくはフッ素原子)を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。R、Rの置換基を有するアルキル基の具体例としては、CF、C、C、C、C11、C13、C15、C17、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCHが挙げられ、中でもCFが好ましい。 The alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group having a substituent for R 1 and R 2 include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , and C 7 F 15. , C 8 F 17, CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 can be mentioned, among which CF 3 is preferable.
 R、Rとしては、好ましくはフッ素原子又はCFである。 R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
 xは1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。 X is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5.
 yは0~4が好ましく、0がより好ましい。 Y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
 zは0~5が好ましく、0~3がより好ましい。 Z is preferably from 0 to 5, and more preferably from 0 to 3.
 Lの2価の連結基としては特に限定されず、―COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S―、-SO―、―SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基又はこれらの複数が連結した連結基などを挙げることができ、総炭素数12以下の連結基が好ましい。このなかでも―COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-が好ましく、―COO-、-OCO-がより好ましい。 The divalent linking group of L is not particularly limited, and is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, An alkenylene group or a linking group in which a plurality of these groups are linked can be exemplified, and a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred. Of these, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, and —O— are preferable, and —COO— and —OCO— are more preferable.
 Aの環状の有機基としては、環状構造を有するものであれば特に限定されず、脂環基、アリール基、複素環基(芳香族性を有するものだけでなく、芳香族性を有さないものも含む)等が挙げられる。 The cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and is not limited to alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having aromaticity but also aromaticity). And the like).
 脂環基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が、露光後加熱工程での膜中拡散性を抑制でき、MEEF向上の観点から好ましい。 The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecane group. A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a nyl group and an adamantyl group is preferred. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, or the like is present in the film in the post-exposure heating step. Diffusivity can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving MEEF.
 アリール基としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナンスレン環、アントラセン環が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring.
 複素環基としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環由来のものが挙げられる。中でもフラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環由来のものが好ましい。 Examples of the heterocyclic group include those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Of these, those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring and a pyridine ring are preferred.
 また、環状の有機基としては、ラクトン構造も挙げることができ、具体例としては、前述の樹脂(Ab)が有していてもよい一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)で表されるラクトン構造を挙げることができる。 In addition, examples of the cyclic organic group may include a lactone structure, and specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) that may be included in the resin (Ab). Can be mentioned.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよく、この置換基としては、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであっても良く、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、スピロ環のいずれであっても良く、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホン酸エステル基等が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であっても良い。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cyclo Alkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide Group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group and the like. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 R201、R202及びR203の有機基としては、アリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202, and R 203 include an aryl group, an alkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group.
 R201、R202及びR203のうち、少なくとも1つがアリール基であることが好ましく、三つ全てがアリール基であることがより好ましい。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などの他に、インドール残基、ピロール残基などのヘテロアリール基も可能である。R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基を挙げることができる。アルキル基として、より好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基等を挙げることができる。シクロアルキル基として、より好ましくは、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロへプチル基等を挙げることができる。これらの基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。その置換基としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 , at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups. As the aryl group, in addition to a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue and a pyrrole residue can be used. Preferred examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferable examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, and an n-butyl group. More preferable examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cycloheptyl group. These groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成する場合、以下の一般式(A1)で表される構造であることが好ましい。 Further, when two of R 201 to R 203 are combined to form a ring structure, the structure represented by the following general formula (A1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 一般式(A1)中、
 R1a~R13aは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
In general formula (A1),
R 1a to R 13a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 R1a~R13aのうち、1~3つが水素原子でないことが好ましく、R9a~R13aのいずれか1つが水素原子でないことがより好ましい。 Of R 1a to R 13a , 1 to 3 are preferably not hydrogen atoms, and more preferably any one of R 9a to R 13a is not a hydrogen atom.
 Zaは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。 Za is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 Xは、一般式(ZI)におけるZと同義である。 X has the same meaning as Z in formula (ZI).
 R1a~R13aが水素原子でない場合の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子、直鎖、分岐、環状のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、複素環基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基(アニリノ基を含む)、アンモニオ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、アルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル及びアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アリール及びヘテロ環アゾ基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、ホスホノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、ウレイド基、ボロン酸基(-B(OH))、ホスファト基(-OPO(OH))、スルファト基(-OSOH)、その他の公知の置換基が例として挙げられる。 Specific examples in the case where R 1a to R 13a are not a hydrogen atom include halogen atoms, linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, and carboxyl groups. , Alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group (including anilino group), ammonio group, acylamino group, amino Carbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl and arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, alkyl And arylsulfinyl groups, alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups, acyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, carbamoyl groups, aryl and heterocyclic azo groups, imide groups, phosphino groups, phosphinyl groups, phosphinyloxy groups, phosphini Ruamino group, phosphono group, silyl group, hydrazino group, ureido group, boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), phosphato group (—OPO (OH) 2 ), sulfato group (—OSO 3 H), other Known substituents are listed as examples.
 R1a~R13aが水素原子でない場合としては、水酸基で置換された直鎖、分岐、環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 In the case where R 1a to R 13a are not a hydrogen atom, it is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group.
 Zaの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、スルホニル基、カルボニルオキシ基、カルボニルアミノ基、スルホニルアミド基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、アミノ基、ジスルフィド基、-(CH-CO-、-(CH-SO-、-CH=CH-、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アミノスルホニルアミノ基等が挙げられる(nは1~3の整数)。 Examples of the divalent linking group for Za include an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylamino group, a sulfonylamide group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an amino group, a disulfide group, and — (CH 2 ) N —CO—, — (CH 2 ) n —SO 2 —, —CH═CH—, aminocarbonylamino group, aminosulfonylamino group and the like (n is an integer of 1 to 3).
 なお、R201、R202及びR203のうち、少なくとも1つがアリール基でない場合の好ましい構造としては、特開2004-233661号公報の段落0047,0048、特開2003-35948号公報の段落0040~0046、米国特許出願公開第2003/0224288A1号明細書に式(I-1)~(I-70)として例示されている化合物、米国特許出願公開第2003/0077540A1号明細書に式(IA-1)~(IA-54)、式(IB-1)~(IB-24)として例示されている化合物等のカチオン構造を挙げることができる。 Note that preferable structures in the case where at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is not an aryl group include paragraphs 0047 and 0048 of JP-A-2004-233661 and paragraphs 0040 to 340 of JP-A-2003-35948. Compounds exemplified as formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1, and in Formula (IA-1) of US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0077540A1 ) To (IA-54) and cation structures of compounds exemplified as formulas (IB-1) to (IB-24).
 一般式(ZII)、(ZIII)中、
 R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII),
R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基としては、前述の化合物(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基として説明したアリール基と同様である。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are the same as the aryl group described as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI).
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としても、前述の化合物(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよいものが挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI) may have.
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZの非求核性アニオンと同様のものを挙げることができる。 Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z − in formula (ZI).
 酸発生剤として、更に、下記一般式(ZIV)、(ZV)、(ZVI)で表される化合物も挙げられる。 Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 一般式(ZIV)~(ZVI)中、
 Ar及びArは、各々独立に、アリール基を表す。
In the general formulas (ZIV) to (ZVI),
Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represents an aryl group.
 R208、R209及びR210は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。 R 208 , R 209 and R 210 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
 Aは、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。 A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
 Ar、Ar、R208、R209及びR210のアリール基の具体例としては、上記一般式(ZI)におけるR201、R202及びR203としてのアリール基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the aryl group represented by Ar 3 , Ar 4 , R 208 , R 209, and R 210 are the same as the specific examples of the aryl group represented by R 201 , R 202, and R 203 in the general formula (ZI). Can be mentioned.
 R208、R209及びR210のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例としては、それぞれ、上記一般式(ZI)におけるR201、R202及びR203としてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 , R 209 and R 210 include specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 in the general formula (ZI), respectively. The same can be mentioned.
 Aのアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、ブチレン基、イソブチレン基など)を、Aのアルケニレン基としては、炭素数2~12のアルケニレン基(例えば、エテニレン基、プロペニレン基、ブテニレン基など)を、Aのアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基など)を、それぞれ挙げることができる。 The alkylene group of A is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 carbon atoms. To 12 alkenylene groups (for example, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.), and the arylene group of A is an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.) Each can be mentioned.
 酸発生剤の具体例としては、以下に示すもののほか、例えば、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0368~0377、特開2013-228681号公報の段落0240~0262、米国特許出願公開第2015/004533号明細書の段落0339に記載のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the acid generator include those described below, for example, paragraphs 0368 to 0377 of JP-A-2014-41328, paragraphs 0240 to 0262 of JP-A-2013-228881, US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / And those described in paragraph 0339 of the specification of 004533.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 酸発生剤は、1種類単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The acid generator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 酸発生剤の含有率は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、好ましくは0.1~50質量%であり、より好ましくは0.5~45質量%であり、更に好ましくは1~40質量%である。 The content of the acid generator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 45% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. %.
 [4]酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に、酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物を1種又は2種以上含んでいてもよい。上記酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物が発生する酸は、スルホン酸、メチド酸又はイミド酸であることが好ましい。
[4] Compound that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an acid The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes one or two compounds that decompose by the action of an acid to generate an acid. More than one species may be included. The acid generated from the compound that decomposes by the action of the acid to generate an acid is preferably a sulfonic acid, a methide acid, or an imido acid.
 本発明に用いることができる酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物のとしては、例えば、特開2014-41328号公報の落0379~0382に記載のものを援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the compound capable of being decomposed by the action of an acid and generating an acid that can be used in the present invention include those described in JP-A-2014-41328, paragraphs 0379 to 0382, and these compounds can be used. The contents are incorporated herein.
 上述した酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を組合せて使用することができる。 The above-described compounds that generate an acid by the action of an acid can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 なお、酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物の含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~30質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 [5]レジスト溶剤(塗布溶媒)
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、各成分を溶解するものである限り特に限定されないが、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA;別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)など)、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME;別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)など)、乳酸アルキルエステル(乳酸エチル、乳酸メチルなど)、環状ラクトン(γ-ブチロラクトンなど、好ましくは炭素数4~10)、鎖状又は環状のケトン(2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノンなど、好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート(エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネートなど)、カルボン酸アルキル(酢酸ブチルなどの酢酸アルキルが好ましい)、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル(エトキシプロピオン酸エチル)などが挙げられ、これらの溶剤を単独もしくは組み合わせて用いることができる。
 その他使用可能な溶媒として、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425A1号明細書の[0244]以降に記載されている溶剤などが挙げられる。
The content of the compound that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an acid is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The content is more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass.
[5] Resist solvent (coating solvent)
The solvent that can be used in preparing the composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve each component. For example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; also known as 1-methoxy- 2-acetoxypropane)), alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether (propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol)), lactate alkyl ester (ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, etc.), cyclic lactone (γ- Butyrolactone, preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms, chain or cyclic ketone (2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, etc., preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate (ethylene carbonate, propylene, etc.) Such emission carbonate), alkyl carboxylic acids (alkyl acetate such as butyl acetate is preferred), an alkoxy alkyl acetates (ethyl ethoxypropionate), and the like, may be used those solvents alone or in combination.
Other usable solvents include, for example, the solvents described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008 / 0248425A1 after [0244].
 上記のうち、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート及びアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルが好ましい。 Of the above, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.
 これら溶媒は、単独で用いても2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を混合する場合、水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有しない溶剤とを混合することが好ましい。水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有しない溶剤との質量比は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When mixing 2 or more types, it is preferable to mix the solvent which has a hydroxyl group, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40.
 水酸基を有する溶剤としてはアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルが好ましく、水酸基を有しない溶剤としてはアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレートが好ましい。
 [6]塩基性化合物
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、塩基性化合物を更に含んでいてもよい。塩基性化合物は、好ましくは、フェノールと比較して塩基性がより強い化合物である。また、この塩基性化合物は、有機塩基性化合物であることが好ましく、含窒素塩基性化合物であることが更に好ましい。
The solvent having a hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate.
[6] Basic compound The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may further contain a basic compound. The basic compound is preferably a compound having a stronger basicity than phenol. Moreover, this basic compound is preferably an organic basic compound, and more preferably a nitrogen-containing basic compound.
 使用可能な含窒素塩基性化合物は特に限定されないが、例えば、以下の(1)~(7)に分類される化合物を用いることができる。 Although the nitrogen-containing basic compound that can be used is not particularly limited, for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (7) can be used.
 (1)一般式(BS-1)により表される化合物 (1) Compound represented by general formula (BS-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 一般式(BS-1)中、
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。但し、3つのRのうち少なくとも1つは有機基である。この有機基は、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖のアルキル基、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基である。
In general formula (BS-1),
Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. However, at least one of the three Rs is an organic group. This organic group is a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
 Rとしてのアルキル基の炭素数は、特に限定されないが、通常1~20であり、好ましくは1~12である。 The carbon number of the alkyl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12.
 Rとしてのシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、特に限定されないが、通常3~20であり、好ましくは5~15である。 The carbon number of the cycloalkyl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 3 to 20, and preferably 5 to 15.
 Rとしてのアリール基の炭素数は、特に限定されないが、通常6~20であり、好ましくは6~10である。具体的には、フェニル基及びナフチル基等が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 to 20, and preferably 6 to 10. Specific examples include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
 Rとしてのアラルキル基の炭素数は、特に限定されないが、通常7~20であり、好ましくは7~11である。具体的には、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group as R is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 to 20, preferably 7 to 11. Specific examples include a benzyl group.
 Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びアラルキル基は、水素原子が置換基により置換されていてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基及びアルキルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 In the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as R, a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, and an alkyloxycarbonyl group.
 なお、一般式(BS-1)により表される化合物では、Rのうち少なくとも2つが有機基であることが好ましい。 In the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1), it is preferable that at least two of R are organic groups.
 一般式(BS-1)により表される化合物の具体例としては、トリ-n-ブチルアミン、トリ-n-ペンチルアミン、トリ-n-オクチルアミン、トリ-n-デシルアミン、トリイソデシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミン、テトラデシルアミン、ペンタデシルアミン、ヘキサデシルアミン、オクタデシルアミン、ジデシルアミン、メチルオクタデシルアミン、ジメチルウンデシルアミン、N,N-ジメチルドデシルアミン、メチルジオクタデシルアミン、N,N-ジブチルアニリン、N,N-ジヘキシルアニリン、2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン、及び2,4,6-トリ(t-ブチル)アニリンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1) include tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, triisodecylamine, dicyclohexyl. Methylamine, tetradecylamine, pentadecylamine, hexadecylamine, octadecylamine, didecylamine, methyloctadecylamine, dimethylundecylamine, N, N-dimethyldodecylamine, methyldioctadecylamine, N, N-dibutylaniline, N , N-dihexylaniline, 2,6-diisopropylaniline, and 2,4,6-tri (t-butyl) aniline.
 また、一般式(BS-1)により表される好ましい塩基性化合物として、少なくとも1つのRがヒドロキシ基で置換されたアルキル基であるものが挙げられる。具体的には、例えば、トリエタノールアミン及びN,N-ジヒドロキシエチルアニリンが挙げられる。 In addition, preferred basic compounds represented by the general formula (BS-1) include those in which at least one R is an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. Specific examples include triethanolamine and N, N-dihydroxyethylaniline.
 なお、Rとしてのアルキル基は、アルキル鎖中に酸素原子を有していてもよい。即ち、オキシアルキレン鎖が形成されていてもよい。オキシアルキレン鎖としては、-CHCHO-が好ましい。具体的には、例えば、トリス(メトキシエトキシエチル)アミン、及び、US6040112号明細書のカラム3の60行目以降に例示されている化合物が挙げられる。 In addition, the alkyl group as R may have an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain. That is, an oxyalkylene chain may be formed. As the oxyalkylene chain, —CH 2 CH 2 O— is preferable. Specifically, for example, tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine and compounds exemplified in the 60th and subsequent lines of column 3 of US6040112 can be mentioned.
 一般式(BS-1)で表される塩基性化合物のうち、そのようなヒドロキシル基や酸素原子等を有するものの例としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the basic compound represented by the general formula (BS-1) having such a hydroxyl group or an oxygen atom include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 (2)含窒素複素環構造を有する化合物
 この含窒素複素環は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。また、窒素原子を複数有していてもよい。更に、窒素以外のヘテロ原子を含有していてもよい。具体的には、例えば、イミダゾール構造を有する化合物(2-フェニルベンゾイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾールなど)、ピペリジン構造を有する化合物〔N-ヒドロキシエチルピペリジン及びビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケートなど〕、ピリジン構造を有する化合物(4-ジメチルアミノピリジンなど)、並びにアンチピリン構造を有する化合物(アンチピリン及びヒドロキシアンチピリンなど)が挙げられる。
(2) Compound having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure This nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Moreover, you may have two or more nitrogen atoms. Furthermore, you may contain hetero atoms other than nitrogen. Specifically, for example, compounds having an imidazole structure (2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, etc.), compounds having a piperidine structure [N-hydroxyethylpiperidine and bis (1,2,2) , 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate], compounds having a pyridine structure (such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine), and compounds having an antipyrine structure (such as antipyrine and hydroxyantipyrine).
 好ましい含窒素複素環構造を有する化合物の例としては、例えば、グアニジン、アミノピリジン、アミノアルキルピリジン、アミノピロリジン、インダゾール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、ピラジン、ピリミジン、プリン、イミダゾリン、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルフォリン及びアミノアルキルモルフォリンが挙げられる。これらは、置換基を更に有していてもよい。 Examples of compounds having a preferred nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include, for example, guanidine, aminopyridine, aminoalkylpyridine, aminopyrrolidine, indazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, purine, imidazoline, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine and Aminoalkylmorpholine is mentioned. These may further have a substituent.
 好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アミノ基、アミノアルキル基、アルキルアミノ基、アミノアリール基、アリールアミノ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ニトロ基、水酸基及びシアノ基が挙げられる。 Preferred substituents include, for example, amino group, aminoalkyl group, alkylamino group, aminoaryl group, arylamino group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, acyl group, acyloxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, nitro group, hydroxyl group And a cyano group.
 特に好ましい塩基性化合物としては、例えば、イミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、4-メチルイミダゾール、N-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、2-アミノピリジン、3-アミノピリジン、4-アミノピリジン、2-ジメチルアミノピリジン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、2-ジエチルアミノピリジン、2-(アミノメチル)ピリジン、2-アミノ-3-メチルピリジン、2-アミノ-4-メチルピリジン、2-アミノ5-メチルピリジン、2-アミノ-6-メチルピリジン、3-アミノエチルピリジン、4-アミノエチルピリジン、3-アミノピロリジン、ピペラジン、N-(2-アミノエチル)ピペラジン、N-(2-アミノエチル)ピペリジン、4-アミノ-2,2,6,6テトラメチルピペリジン、4-ピペリジノピペリジン、2-イミノピペリジン、1-(2-アミノエチル)ピロリジン、ピラゾール、3-アミノ-5-メチルピラゾール、5-アミノ-3-メチル-1-p-トリルピラゾール、ピラジン、2-(アミノメチル)-5メチルピラジン、ピリミジン、2,4-ジアミノピリミジン、4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-ピラゾリン、3-ピラゾリン、N-アミノモルフォリン及びN-(2-アミノエチル)モルフォリンが挙げられる。 Particularly preferable basic compounds include, for example, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, N-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 4,5-diphenylimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, 2 -Aminopyridine, 3-aminopyridine, 4-aminopyridine, 2-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 2-diethylaminopyridine, 2- (aminomethyl) pyridine, 2-amino-3-methylpyridine, 2- Amino-4-methylpyridine, 2-amino5-methylpyridine, 2-amino-6-methylpyridine, 3-aminoethylpyridine, 4-aminoethylpyridine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, piperazine, N- (2-aminoethyl ) Piperazine, N- (2-aminoe) L) Piperidine, 4-amino-2,2,6,6 tetramethylpiperidine, 4-piperidinopiperidine, 2-iminopiperidine, 1- (2-aminoethyl) pyrrolidine, pyrazole, 3-amino-5-methyl Pyrazole, 5-amino-3-methyl-1-p-tolylpyrazole, pyrazine, 2- (aminomethyl) -5 methylpyrazine, pyrimidine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-pyrazoline, Examples include 3-pyrazoline, N-aminomorpholine and N- (2-aminoethyl) morpholine.
 また、環構造を2つ以上有する化合物も好適に用いられる。具体的には、例えば、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナ-5-エン及び1,8-ジアザビシクロ〔5.4.0〕-ウンデカ-7-エンが挙げられる。 A compound having two or more ring structures is also preferably used. Specific examples include 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene and 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -undec-7-ene.
 (3)フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物
 フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物とは、アミン化合物が含んでいるアルキル基のN原子と反対側の末端にフェノキシ基を備えた化合物である。フェノキシ基は、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、カルボン酸エステル基、スルホン酸エステル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アシロキシ基及びアリールオキシ基等の置換基を有していてもよい。
(3) Amine compound having a phenoxy group An amine compound having a phenoxy group is a compound having a phenoxy group at the terminal opposite to the N atom of the alkyl group contained in the amine compound. The phenoxy group is, for example, a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, and an aryloxy group. You may have.
 この化合物は、より好ましくは、フェノキシ基と窒素原子との間に、少なくとも1つのオキシアルキレン鎖を有している。1分子中のオキシアルキレン鎖の数は、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン鎖の中でも-CHCHO-が特に好ましい。 This compound more preferably has at least one oxyalkylene chain between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom. The number of oxyalkylene chains in one molecule is preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6. Of the oxyalkylene chains, —CH 2 CH 2 O— is particularly preferable.
 具体例としては、2-[2-{2―(2,2―ジメトキシ-フェノキシエトキシ)エチル}-ビス-(2-メトキシエチル)]-アミン、及び、US2007/0224539A1号明細書の段落[0066]に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)が挙げられる。 Specific examples include 2- [2- {2- (2,2-dimethoxy-phenoxyethoxy) ethyl} -bis- (2-methoxyethyl)]-amine, and paragraph [0066] of US2007 / 0224539A1. And compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in the above.
 フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物は、例えば、フェノキシ基を有する1級又は2級アミンとハロアルキルエーテルとを加熱して反応させ、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム及びテトラアルキルアンモニウム等の強塩基の水溶液を添加した後、酢酸エチル及びクロロホルム等の有機溶剤で抽出することにより得られる。また、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物は、1級又は2級アミンと、末端にフェノキシ基を有するハロアルキルエーテルとを加熱して反応させ、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム及びテトラアルキルアンモニウム等の強塩基の水溶液を添加した後、酢酸エチル及びクロロホルム等の有機溶剤で抽出することによって得ることもできる。 The amine compound having a phenoxy group is prepared by reacting, for example, a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group with a haloalkyl ether, and adding an aqueous solution of a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. And then extracted with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform. In addition, the amine compound having a phenoxy group reacts by heating a primary or secondary amine and a haloalkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the terminal, and a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. It can also be obtained by adding an aqueous solution and then extracting with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
 (4)アンモニウム塩
 塩基性化合物として、アンモニウム塩も適宜用いることができる。
(4) Ammonium salt As the basic compound, an ammonium salt can also be used as appropriate.
 アンモニウム塩のカチオンとしては、炭素数1~18のアルキル基が置換したテトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンが好ましく、テトラメチルアンモニウムカチオン、テトラエチルアンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-ヘプチル)アンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-オクチル)アンモニウムカチオン、ジメチルヘキサデシルアンモニウムカチオン、ベンジルトリメチルカチオン等がより好ましく、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムカチオンがもっとも好ましい。 The cation of the ammonium salt is preferably a tetraalkylammonium cation substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as tetramethylammonium cation, tetraethylammonium cation, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium cation, tetra (n-heptyl) ammonium. A cation, a tetra (n-octyl) ammonium cation, a dimethylhexadecylammonium cation, a benzyltrimethyl cation, and the like are more preferable, and a tetra (n-butyl) ammonium cation is most preferable.
 アンモニウム塩のアニオンとしては、例えば、ハライド、スルホネート、ボレート、フォスフェート、ヒドロキシド及びカルボキシレートが挙げられる。これらのうち、ヒドロキシド又はカルボキシレートが特に好ましい。 Examples of ammonium salt anions include halides, sulfonates, borates, phosphates, hydroxides and carboxylates. Of these, hydroxide or carboxylate is particularly preferred.
 ハライドとしては、クロライド、ブロマイド及びアイオダイドが特に好ましい。 
 スルホネートとしては、炭素数1~20の有機スルホネートが特に好ましい。有機スルホネートとしては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキルスルホネート及びアリールスルホネートが挙げられる。
As the halide, chloride, bromide and iodide are particularly preferable.
As the sulfonate, an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Examples of the organic sulfonate include alkyl sulfonates having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and aryl sulfonates.
 アルキルスルホネートに含まれるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、アルコキシ基、アシル基及びアリール基が挙げられる。アルキルスルホネートとして、具体的には、メタンスルホネート、エタンスルホネート、ブタンスルホネート、ヘキサンスルホネート、オクタンスルホネート、ベンジルスルホネート、トリフルオロメタンスルホネート、ペンタフルオロエタンスルホネート及びノナフルオロブタンスルホネートが挙げられる。 The alkyl group contained in the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an aryl group. Specific examples of the alkyl sulfonate include methane sulfonate, ethane sulfonate, butane sulfonate, hexane sulfonate, octane sulfonate, benzyl sulfonate, trifluoromethane sulfonate, pentafluoroethane sulfonate, and nonafluorobutane sulfonate.
 アリールスルホネートに含まれるアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。これらアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~6の直鎖若しくは分岐鎖アルキル基及び炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。具体的には、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、i-ブチル、t-ブチル、n-ヘキシル及びシクロヘキシル基が好ましい。他の置換基としては、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ、ニトロ、アシル基及びアシロキシ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group contained in the aryl sulfonate include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. These aryl groups may have a substituent. As this substituent, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable. Specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, n-hexyl and cyclohexyl groups are preferred. Examples of the other substituent include an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, cyano, nitro, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group.
 カルボキシレートとしては、脂肪族カルボキシレートでも芳香族カルボキシレートでも良く、アセテート、ラクテート、ビルベート、トリフルオロアセテート、アダマンタンカルボキシレート、ヒドロキシアダマンタンカルボキシレート、ベンゾエート、ナフトエート、サリチレート、フタレート、フェノレート等が挙げられ、特にベンゾエート、ナフトエート、フェノレート等が好ましく、ベンゾエートが最も好ましい。 The carboxylate may be an aliphatic carboxylate or an aromatic carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, lactate, birubate, trifluoroacetate, adamantane carboxylate, hydroxyadamantane carboxylate, benzoate, naphthoate, salicylate, phthalate, phenolate and the like. In particular, benzoate, naphthoate, phenolate and the like are preferable, and benzoate is most preferable.
 この場合、アンモニウム塩としては、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムベンゾエート、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムフェノレート等が好ましい。 In this case, the ammonium salt is preferably tetra (n-butyl) ammonium benzoate, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium phenolate, or the like.
 このアンモニウム塩がヒドロキシドである場合、このアンモニウム塩は、炭素数1~8のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド及びテトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ-(n-ブチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシドであることが特に好ましい。 When the ammonium salt is a hydroxide, the ammonium salt is a tetraalkylammonium hydroxide having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra- (n-butyl) ammonium hydroxide, etc. Tetraalkylammonium hydroxide is particularly preferred.
 (5)プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物(PA)
 本発明に係る組成物は、塩基性化合物として、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物〔以下、化合物(PA)ともいう〕を更に含んでいてもよい。
(5) A compound having a proton acceptor functional group and generating a compound which is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to decrease or disappear the proton acceptor property or change from proton acceptor property to acidity ( PA)
The composition according to the present invention has a proton acceptor functional group as a basic compound, and is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, resulting in a decrease, disappearance, or a proton acceptor property. It may further contain a compound that generates a compound that has been changed to acidity (hereinafter also referred to as compound (PA)).
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基或いは電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基や、 π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記一般式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having electrons or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons. For example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a π conjugate. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following general formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル、アザクラウンエーテル、1~3級アミン、ピリジン、イミダゾール、ピラジン構造などを挙げることができる。 Examples of a preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether, an azacrown ether, a primary to tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(PA)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここで、プロトンアクセプター性の低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(PA)とプロトンからプロトン付加体が生成する時、その化学平衡に於ける平衡定数が減少することを意味する。 The compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate a compound whose proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group. Specifically, when a proton adduct is formed from a compound having a proton acceptor functional group (PA) and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium is reduced.
 化合物(PA)の具体例としては、例えば、下記化合物を挙げることができる。更に、化合物(PA)の具体例としては、例えば、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0421~0428、特開2014-134686号公報の段落0108~0116に記載されたものを援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Specific examples of the compound (PA) include the following compounds. Furthermore, as specific examples of the compound (PA), for example, those described in paragraphs 0421 to 0428 of JP2014-41328A and paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP2014-134686A can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 また、本発明においては、一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物を発生する化合物以外の化合物(PA)も適宜選択可能である。例えば、イオン性化合物であって、カチオン部にプロトンアクセプター部位を有する化合物を用いてもよい。より具体的には、下記一般式(7)で表される化合物などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, a compound (PA) other than the compound that generates the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) can be appropriately selected. For example, an ionic compound that has a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety may be used. More specifically, a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 式中、Aは硫黄原子又はヨウ素原子を表す。 In the formula, A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
 mは1又は2を表し、nは1又は2を表す。但し、Aが硫黄原子の時、m+n=3、Aがヨウ素原子の時、m+n=2である。 M represents 1 or 2, and n represents 1 or 2. However, when A is a sulfur atom, m + n = 3, and when A is an iodine atom, m + n = 2.
 Rは、アリール基を表す。 R represents an aryl group.
 Rは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基で置換されたアリール基を表す。 R N represents an aryl group substituted with a proton acceptor functional group.
 Xは、対アニオンを表す。 X represents a counter anion.
 Xの具体例としては、上述した一般式(ZI)におけるZ-と同様のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of X include those similar to Z— in the general formula (ZI) described above.
 R及びRのアリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基が好ましく挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aryl group of R and R N is a phenyl group are preferably exemplified.
 Rが有するプロトンアクセプター性官能基の具体例としては、前述の式(PA-1)で説明したプロトンアクセプター性官能基と同様である。 Specific examples of the proton acceptor functional group R N are the same as those of the proton acceptor functional group described in the foregoing formula (PA-1).
 本発明の組成物において、化合物(PA)の組成物全体中の配合率は、全固形分中0.1~10質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1~8質量%である。 In the composition of the present invention, the compounding ratio of the compound (PA) in the whole composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass in the total solid content.
 (6)グアニジン化合物
 本発明の組成物は、下式で表される構造を有するグアニジン化合物を更に含有していてもよい。
(6) Guanidine Compound The composition of the present invention may further contain a guanidine compound having a structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 グアニジン化合物は3つの窒素によって共役酸のプラスの電荷が分散安定化されるため、強い塩基性を示す。 The guanidine compound exhibits strong basicity because the positive charge of the conjugate acid is dispersed and stabilized by three nitrogens.
 本発明のグアニジン化合物(A)の塩基性としては、共役酸のpKaが6.0以上であることが好ましく、7.0~20.0であることが酸との中和反応性が高く、ラフネス特性に優れるため好ましく、8.0~16.0であることがより好ましい。 The basicity of the guanidine compound (A) of the present invention is preferably such that the pKa of the conjugate acid is 6.0 or more, and 7.0 to 20.0 is high in neutralization reactivity with the acid, It is preferable because of excellent roughness characteristics, and more preferably 8.0 to 16.0.
 このような強い塩基性のため、酸の拡散性を抑制し、優れたパターン形状の形成に寄与することができる。 Because of such strong basicity, it is possible to suppress acid diffusibility and contribute to the formation of an excellent pattern shape.
 なお、ここで「pKa」とは、水溶液中でのpKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に記載のものであり、この値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示している。水溶液中でのpKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測することができ、また、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示している。 Here, “pKa” means pKa in an aqueous solution, and is described in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring an acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution, and using the software package 1 below, A value based on a database of constants and known literature values can also be obtained by calculation. The values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1:AdvancedChemistryDevelopment(ACD/Labs)SoftwareV8.14forSolaris(1994-2007ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 本発明において、logPとは、n-オクタノール/水分配係数(P)の対数値であり、広範囲の化合物に対し、その親水性/疎水性を特徴づけることのできる有効なパラメータである。一般的には実験によらず計算によって分配係数は求められ、本発明においては、CSChemDrawUltraVer.8.0softwarepackage(Crippen’sfragmentationmethod)により計算された値を示す。 In the present invention, log P is a logarithmic value of n-octanol / water partition coefficient (P), and is an effective parameter that can characterize the hydrophilicity / hydrophobicity of a wide range of compounds. In general, the distribution coefficient is obtained by calculation without experimentation. In the present invention, CSChemDrawUltraVer. The value calculated by 8.0 software package (Crippen's fragmentation method) is shown.
 また、グアニジン化合物(A)のlogPが10以下であることが好ましい。上記値以下であることによりレジスト膜中に均一に含有させることができる。 Further, it is preferable that logP of the guanidine compound (A) is 10 or less. By being below the above value, it can be contained uniformly in the resist film.
 本発明におけるグアニジン化合物(A)のlogPは2~10の範囲であることが好ましく、3~8の範囲であることがより好ましく、4~8の範囲であることが更に好ましい。 In the present invention, the log P of the guanidine compound (A) is preferably in the range of 2 to 10, more preferably in the range of 3 to 8, and still more preferably in the range of 4 to 8.
 また、本発明におけるグアニジン化合物(A)はグアニジン構造以外に窒素原子を有さないことが好ましい。 
 以下、グアニジン化合物の具体例を示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Moreover, it is preferable that the guanidine compound (A) in this invention does not have a nitrogen atom other than a guanidine structure.
Hereinafter, although the specific example of a guanidine compound is shown, it is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 (7) 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物
 本発明の組成物は、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(以下において、「低分子化合物(D)」又は「化合物(D)」ともいう)を含有することができる。低分子化合物(D)は、酸の作用により脱離する基が脱離した後は、塩基性を有することが好ましい。
(7) Low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid The composition of the present invention comprises a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter referred to as “low molecular compound”) In this case, it is possible to contain “low molecular compound (D)” or “compound (D)”. The low molecular compound (D) preferably has basicity after the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is eliminated.
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては特に限定されないが、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基であることが特に好ましい。 The group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. It is particularly preferred.
 酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(D)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が特に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the low molecular compound (D) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
 化合物(D)としては、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体が好ましい。 The compound (D) is preferably an amine derivative having a group on the nitrogen atom that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
 化合物(D)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有しても良い。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表すことができる。 Compound (D) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 一般式(d-1)において、
 R’は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はアルコキシアルキル基を表す。R’は相互に結合して環を形成していても良い。
In general formula (d-1),
R ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkoxyalkyl group. R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R’として好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。より好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基である。 R ′ is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
 このような基の具体的な構造を以下に示す。 The specific structure of such a group is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 化合物(D)は、塩基性化合物と一般式(d-1)で表される構造を任意に組み合わせることで構成することも出来る。 The compound (D) can also be constituted by arbitrarily combining the basic compound and the structure represented by the general formula (d-1).
 化合物(D)は、下記一般式(A)で表される構造を有するものであることが特に好ましい。 It is particularly preferable that the compound (D) has a structure represented by the following general formula (A).
 なお、化合物(D)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物であるかぎり、上述の塩基性化合物に相当するものであってもよい。 The compound (D) may correspond to the above basic compound as long as it is a low molecular compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 一般式(A)において、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を示す。また、n=2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に結合して、2価の複素環式炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数20以下)若しくはその誘導体を形成していてもよい。 In the general formula (A), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When n = 2, the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras are bonded to each other to form a divalent heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 20 or less carbon atoms) or a derivative thereof. May be formed.
 Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルコキシアルキル基を示す。但し、-C(Rb)(Rb)(Rb)において、1つ以上のRbが水素原子のとき、残りのRbの少なくとも1つはシクロプロピル基、1-アルコキシアルキル基又はアリール基である。 Rb each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkoxyalkyl group. However, in —C (Rb) (Rb) (Rb), when one or more Rb is a hydrogen atom, at least one of the remaining Rb is a cyclopropyl group, a 1-alkoxyalkyl group or an aryl group.
 少なくとも2つのRbが結合して脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基若しくはその誘導体を形成していてもよい。 At least two Rb may combine to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group or a derivative thereof.
 nは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、n+m=3である。 N represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n + m = 3.
 一般式(A)において、RaおよびRbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。 In general formula (A), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by Ra and Rb are functional groups such as hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group and oxo group. , An alkoxy group and a halogen atom may be substituted. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
 Ra及び/又はRbのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、上記官能基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい)としては、
 例えば、メタン、エタン、プロパン、ブタン、ペンタン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカン等の直鎖状、分岐状のアルカンに由来する基、これらのアルカンに由来する基を、例えば、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等のシクロアルキル基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基、
 シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘプタン、シクロオクタン、ノルボルナン、アダマンタン、ノラダマンタン等のシクロアルカンに由来する基、これらのシクロアルカンに由来する基を、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-メチルプロピル基、1-メチルプロピル基、t-ブチル基等の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基、
 ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン等の芳香族化合物に由来する基、これらの芳香族化合物に由来する基を、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-メチルプロピル基、1-メチルプロピル基、t-ブチル基等の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基、
 ピロリジン、ピペリジン、モルホリン、テトラヒドロフラン、テトラヒドロピラン、インドール、インドリン、キノリン、パーヒドロキノリン、インダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール等の複素環化合物に由来する基、これらの複素環化合物に由来する基を直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基或いは芳香族化合物に由来する基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基、直鎖状、分岐状のアルカンに由来する基又はシクロアルカンに由来する基を、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基等の芳香族化合物に由来する基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基等、或いは上述した置換基がヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基で置換された基等が挙げられる。
An alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group of Ra and / or Rb (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group are substituted with the above functional group, alkoxy group, or halogen atom); You may)
For example, a group derived from a linear or branched alkane such as methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, etc., a group derived from these alkanes, for example, A group substituted with one or more cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group,
A group derived from a cycloalkane such as cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane, norbornane, adamantane, noradamantane, a group derived from these cycloalkanes, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, a group substituted with one or more linear or branched alkyl groups such as i-propyl group, n-butyl group, 2-methylpropyl group, 1-methylpropyl group, t-butyl group and the like,
Groups derived from aromatic compounds such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, etc., and groups derived from these aromatic compounds are, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, 2 A group substituted with one or more of linear or branched alkyl groups such as -methylpropyl group, 1-methylpropyl group, t-butyl group, etc.,
Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, indole, indoline, quinoline, perhydroquinoline, indazole, benzimidazole, groups derived from these heterocyclic compounds are linear or branched A group substituted with one or more groups derived from an alkyl group or an aromatic compound, a group substituted with one or more groups, a group derived from a linear or branched alkane, or a group derived from a cycloalkane, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group Group, a group substituted with one or more groups derived from an aromatic compound such as anthracenyl group, or the like, or the above-mentioned substituent is a hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group And a group substituted with a functional group such as an oxo group.
 また、Raが相互に結合して、形成する2価の複素環式炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)若しくはその誘導体としては、例えば、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、モルホリン、1,4,5,6-テトラヒドロピリミジン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノリン、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロピリジン、ホモピペラジン、4-アザベンズイミダゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、5-アザベンゾトリアゾール、1H-1,2,3-トリアゾール、1,4,7-トリアザシクロノナン、テトラゾール、7-アザインドール、インダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリジン、(1S,4S)-(+)-2,5-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デック-5-エン、インドール、インドリン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、パーヒドロキノリン、1,5,9-トリアザシクロドデカン等の複素環式化合物に由来する基、これらの複素環式化合物に由来する基を直鎖状、分岐状のアルカンに由来する基、シクロアルカンに由来する基、芳香族化合物に由来する基、複素環化合物に由来する基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20) or a derivative thereof formed by bonding of Ra to each other include pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 1, 4, 5, 6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, homopiperazine, 4-azabenzimidazole, benzotriazole, 5-azabenzotriazole, 1H-1,2, , 3-triazole, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane, tetrazole, 7-azaindole, indazole, benzimidazole, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine, (1S, 4S)-(+)-2, 5-diazabicyclo [2.2.1] heptane, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] dec-5-ene, Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as indole, indoline, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline, perhydroquinoline, 1,5,9-triazacyclododecane, groups derived from these heterocyclic compounds A group derived from a linear or branched alkane, a group derived from a cycloalkane, a group derived from an aromatic compound, a group derived from a heterocyclic compound, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino And groups substituted with one or more functional groups such as a group, a morpholino group and an oxo group.
 一般式(A)で表される化合物は、特開2007-298569号公報、特開2009-199021号公報などに基づき合成することができる。 The compound represented by the general formula (A) can be synthesized based on JP-A No. 2007-298569, JP-A No. 2009-199021 and the like.
 本発明において、低分子化合物(D)は、一種単独でも又は2種以上を混合しても使用することができる。 In the present invention, the low molecular compound (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(D)の具体例としては、例えば、特開2014-41328号公報の段落0468~0470に記載のものを援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As specific examples of the particularly preferable compound (D) in the present invention, for example, those described in paragraphs 0468 to 0470 of JP-A-2014-41328 can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. .
 (8)一般式(I)で表されるイオン性化合物
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、下記一般式(I)で表されるイオン性化合物を含有してもよい。
(8) Ionic compound represented by general formula (I) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may contain an ionic compound represented by the following general formula (I). Good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 一般式(I)中、
 Aは、有機酸アニオンを表し、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Xは窒素カチオン、又は硫黄カチオンを表し、Rxは、各々独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。複数のRxは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、形成される環は、環員として、窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を有していてもよい。
In general formula (I),
A represents an organic acid anion, L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, X + represents a nitrogen cation or a sulfur cation, and Rx each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. . A plurality of Rx may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
 n2は、Xが窒素カチオンのとき3を表し、Xが硫黄カチオンのとき2を表す。 n2 represents 3 when X + is a nitrogen cation, and represents 2 when X + is a sulfur cation.
 一般式(I)により表されるイオン性化合物については、例えば、特開2014-199273号公報の段落0167~0177に記載の内容を援用することができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As for the ionic compound represented by the general formula (I), for example, the contents described in paragraphs 0167 to 0177 of JP-A-2014-199273 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. .
 本発明の組成物は、低分子化合物(D)を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(D)の含有量は、上述した塩基性化合物と合わせた組成物の全固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~20質量%、好ましくは0.001~10質量%、より好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。 The composition of the present invention may or may not contain the low molecular compound (D), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (D) is the total solid of the composition combined with the basic compound described above. The amount is usually 0.001 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the minute.
 また、本発明の組成物が酸発生剤を含有する場合、酸発生剤と化合物(D)の組成物中の使用割合は、酸発生剤/[化合物(D)+下記塩基性化合物](モル比)=2.5~300であることが好ましい。即ち、感度、解像度の点からモル比が2.5以上が好ましく、露光後加熱処理までの経時でのレジストパターンの太りによる解像度の低下抑制の点から300以下が好ましい。酸発生剤/[化合物(D)+上記塩基性化合物](モル比)は、より好ましくは5.0~200、更に好ましくは7.0~150である。 When the composition of the present invention contains an acid generator, the ratio of the acid generator and the compound (D) used in the composition is: acid generator / [compound (D) + the following basic compound] (mole Ratio) = 2.5 to 300. In other words, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment. The acid generator / [compound (D) + basic compound] (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, still more preferably 7.0 to 150.
 その他、本発明に係る組成物に使用可能なものとして、特開2002-363146号公報の実施例で合成されている化合物、及び特開2007-298569号公報の段落0108に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of compounds that can be used in the composition according to the present invention include compounds synthesized in Examples of JP-A No. 2002-363146, compounds described in Paragraph 0108 of JP-A No. 2007-298569, and the like. It is done.
 塩基性化合物として、感光性の塩基性化合物を用いてもよい。感光性の塩基性化合物としては、例えば、特表2003-524799号公報、及び、J.Photopolym.Sci&Tech.Vol.8,P.543-553(1995)等に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As the basic compound, a photosensitive basic compound may be used. Examples of the photosensitive basic compound include JP-T-2003-524799 and J. Photopolym. Sci & Tech. Vol. 8, P.I. 543-553 (1995) and the like can be used.
 塩基性化合物の分子量は、通常は100~1500であり、好ましくは150~1300であり、より好ましくは200~1000である。 The molecular weight of the basic compound is usually 100 to 1500, preferably 150 to 1300, and more preferably 200 to 1000.
 これらの塩基性化合物は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 These basic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明に係る組成物が塩基性化合物を含んでいる場合、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.01~8.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~5.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.2~4.0質量%であることが特に好ましい。 When the composition according to the present invention contains a basic compound, its content is preferably 0.01 to 8.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1 to The content is more preferably 5.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 4.0% by mass.
 塩基性化合物の光酸発生剤に対するモル比は、好ましくは0.01~10とし、より好ましくは0.05~5とし、更に好ましくは0.1~3とする。このモル比を過度に大きくすると、感度及び/又は解像度が低下する場合がある。このモル比を過度に小さくすると、露光と加熱(ポストベーク)との間において、パターンの細りを生ずる可能性がある。より好ましくは0.05~5、更に好ましくは0.1~3である。なお、上記モル比における光酸発生剤とは、上記樹脂の繰り返し単位(B)と上記樹脂が更に含んでいてもよい光酸発生剤との合計の量を基準とするものである。
 [7]疎水性樹脂(HR)
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、上記樹脂(Ab)とは別に疎水性樹脂(HR)を有していてもよい。
The molar ratio of the basic compound to the photoacid generator is preferably 0.01 to 10, more preferably 0.05 to 5, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3. If this molar ratio is excessively increased, sensitivity and / or resolution may be reduced. If this molar ratio is excessively small, there is a possibility that pattern thinning occurs between exposure and heating (post-bake). More preferably, it is 0.05-5, and still more preferably 0.1-3. The photoacid generator at the molar ratio is based on the total amount of the repeating unit (B) of the resin and the photoacid generator that the resin may further contain.
[7] Hydrophobic resin (HR)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may have a hydrophobic resin (HR) separately from the resin (Ab).
 上記疎水性樹脂(HR)は、膜表面に偏在するために、フッ素原子を有する基、珪素原子を有する基、又は炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を含有することが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。以下に疎水性樹脂(HR)の具体例を示す。 The hydrophobic resin (HR) preferably contains a group having a fluorine atom, a group having a silicon atom, or a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms in order to be unevenly distributed on the film surface. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain. Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (HR) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 なお、疎水性樹脂としてはこの他にも特開2011-248019号公報、特開2010-175859号公報、特開2012-032544号公報記載のものも好ましく用いることができる。
 [8] 界面活性剤
 本発明に係る組成物は、界面活性剤を更に含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含有することにより、波長が250nm以下、特には220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することが可能となる。
As the hydrophobic resin, those described in JP 2011-248019 A, JP 2010-175859 A, and JP 2012-032544 A can also be preferably used.
[8] Surfactant The composition according to the present invention may further contain a surfactant. By containing a surfactant, when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less, is used, it is possible to form a pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution. Become.
 界面活性剤としては、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが特に好ましい。 As the surfactant, it is particularly preferable to use a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant.
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。また、エフトップEF301若しくはEF303(新秋田化成(株)製);フロラードFC430、431若しくは4430(住友スリーエム(株)製);メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120若しくはR08(DIC(株)製);サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105若しくは106(旭硝子(株)製);トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製);GF-300若しくはGF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製);エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802若しくはEF601((株)ジェムコ製);PF636、PF656、PF6320若しくはPF6520(OMNOVA社製);又は、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D若しくは222D((株)ネオス製)を用いてもよい。なお、ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)も、シリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。 Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. Also, F-top EF301 or EF303 (manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.); Florard FC430, 431 or 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.); Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.); ( PF636, PF656, PF6320 or PF6520 (OMNOVA); or FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D or 222D (manufactured by Neos) Good. Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤は、上記に示すような公知のものの他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)又はオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物を用いて合成してもよい。具体的には、このフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を備えた重合体を、界面活性剤として用いてもよい。このフルオロ脂肪族化合物は、例えば、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成することができる。 In addition to known surfactants as described above, the surfactant is a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as a telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as an oligomer method). You may synthesize. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from this fluoroaliphatic compound may be used as a surfactant. This fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
 フルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体としては、フルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレート及び/又は(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))メタクリレートとの共重合体が好ましく、不規則に分布していても、ブロック共重合していてもよい。 The polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group is preferably a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate and / or (poly (oxyalkylene)) methacrylate. Even if it distributes, block copolymerization may be sufficient.
 ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基としては、例えば、ポリ(オキシエチレン)基、ポリ(オキシプロピレン)基及びポリ(オキシブチレン)基が挙げられる。また、ポリ(オキシエチレンとオキシプロピレンとオキシエチレンとのブロック連結体)及びポリ(オキシエチレンとオキシプロピレンとのブロック連結体)等の、同じ鎖内に異なる鎖長のアルキレンを有するユニットであってもよい。 Examples of the poly (oxyalkylene) group include a poly (oxyethylene) group, a poly (oxypropylene) group, and a poly (oxybutylene) group. In addition, units having different chain length alkylene in the same chain, such as poly (block connection body of oxyethylene, oxypropylene, and oxyethylene) and poly (block connection body of oxyethylene and oxypropylene) Also good.
 さらに、フルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体は、異なる2種以上のフルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマー及び異なる2種以上の(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレート等を同時に共重合してなる3元系以上の共重合体であってもよい。 Further, a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate has a monomer having two or more different fluoroaliphatic groups and two or more different (poly (oxyalkylene). )) It may be a ternary or higher copolymer obtained by copolymerizing acrylate or methacrylate simultaneously.
 例えば、市販の界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476及びF-472(DIC(株)製)が挙げられる。さらに、C13基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体、C13基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体、C17基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体、及び、C17基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available surfactants include Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, and F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation). Further, a copolymer of an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 6 F 13 group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 6 F 13 group and (poly (oxyethylene)) acrylate or methacrylate And a copolymer of (poly (oxypropylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, a copolymer of an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 8 F 17 group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, and C 8 F 17 Of acrylate or methacrylate having a group with (poly (oxyethylene)) acrylate or methacrylate and (poly (oxypropylene)) acrylate or methacrylate Coalescence, and the like.
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0280]に記載されているフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系以外の界面活性剤を使用してもよい。 Further, surfactants other than fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
 これら界面活性剤は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明に係る組成物が界面活性剤を含んでいる場合、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、好ましくは0~2質量%、より好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
 [9] その他の添加剤
 本発明の組成物は、上記に説明した成分以外にも、カルボン酸、カルボン酸オニウム塩、Proceeding of SPIE, 2724,355 (1996)等に記載の分子量3000以下の溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、酸化防止剤などを適宜含有することができる。
When the composition according to the present invention contains a surfactant, its content is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, More preferably, the content is 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
[9] Other additives In addition to the components described above, the composition of the present invention has a molecular weight of 3000 or less as described in carboxylic acid, carboxylic acid onium salt, Proceeding of SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996), etc. A blocking compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an antioxidant, and the like can be appropriately contained.
 特にカルボン酸は、性能向上のために好適に用いられる。カルボン酸としては、安息香酸、ナフトエ酸などの、芳香族カルボン酸が好ましい。 In particular, carboxylic acid is preferably used for improving the performance. As the carboxylic acid, aromatic carboxylic acids such as benzoic acid and naphthoic acid are preferable.
 カルボン酸の含有量は、組成物の全固形分濃度中、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~5質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~3質量%である。 The content of the carboxylic acid is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass in the total solid content of the composition.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、解像力向上の観点から、膜厚10~250nmで使用されることが好ましく、より好ましくは、膜厚20~200nmで使用されることが好ましく、さらに好ましくは30~100nmで使用されることが好ましい。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性、製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is preferably used in a film thickness of 10 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 20 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. More preferably, it is preferably used at 30 to 100 nm. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%であり、好ましくは、2.0~5.7質量%、更に好ましくは2.0~5.3質量%である。固形分濃度を上記範囲とすることで、レジスト溶液を基板上に均一に塗布することができ、更にはラインウィズスラフネスに優れたレジストパターンを形成することが可能になる。その理由は明らかではないが、恐らく、固形分濃度を10質量%以下、好ましくは5.7質量%以下とすることで、レジスト溶液中での素材、特には光酸発生剤の凝集が抑制され、その結果として、均一なレジスト膜が形成できたものと考えられる。 The solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0. Is 5.3 mass%. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the resist solution can be uniformly applied on the substrate, and further, a resist pattern having excellent line width roughness can be formed. The reason for this is not clear, but perhaps the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, which suppresses aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the photoacid generator. As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
 固形分濃度とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の総重量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の重量の重量百分率である。 The solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total weight of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、フィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報のように、循環的な濾過を行ったり、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ったりしてもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理などを行ってもよい。 In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, the above components are dissolved in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtered, and then applied onto a predetermined support (substrate). Use. The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. The composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
 <パターン形成方法>
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。 
 上述したように、本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、
 上記膜を露光する工程、
 露光後の上記膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液(有機溶剤現像液)を用いて現像し、ネガ型のパターンを形成する工程をこの順序で含む。
<Pattern formation method>
Next, the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
As described above, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes:
Forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
Exposing the film,
The film after exposure is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developer) to form a negative pattern in this order.
 上記の本発明のパターン形成方法によれば、超微細領域(例えば、ライン幅又はスペース幅が数十nmオーダーの領域)において、高感度、孤立スペースパターン形成時における高い解像力、良好なエッチング耐性を同時に満足するパターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、これらを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイスを提供できる。 According to the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, in an ultrafine region (for example, a region having a line width or space width on the order of several tens of nanometers), high sensitivity, high resolving power when forming an isolated space pattern, and good etching resistance. At the same time, a pattern forming method, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device using these, and an electronic device can be provided.
 上記効果は、電子線又は極紫外線露光により微細なパターンを形成する場合において特に顕著であるものと考えられる。
 (1)製膜
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、上記した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成される膜である。
The above effect is considered to be particularly remarkable when a fine pattern is formed by electron beam or extreme ultraviolet exposure.
(1) Film formation The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is a film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above.
 より具体的には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の形成は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の上述した各成分を溶剤に溶解し、必要に応じてフィルター濾過した後、支持体(基板)に塗布して行うことができる。フィルターとしては、ポアサイズ0.5μm以下、より好ましくは0.2μm以下、更に好ましくは0.1μm以下のポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のものが好ましい。 More specifically, the formation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is performed by dissolving the above-described components of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in a solvent and, if necessary, filtering through a filter. It can be performed by applying to a support (substrate). The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon having a pore size of 0.5 μm or less, more preferably 0.2 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.1 μm or less.
 組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上にスピンコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布される。その後乾燥し、感光性の膜を形成する。乾燥の段階では加熱(プリベーク)を行うことが好ましい。 The composition is applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) used for manufacturing an integrated circuit element by an appropriate application method such as a spin coater. Thereafter, it is dried to form a photosensitive film. Heating (pre-baking) is preferably performed in the drying stage.
 膜厚には特に制限はないが、好ましくは10~500nmの範囲に、より好ましくは10~200nmの範囲に、更により好ましくは10~100nmの範囲に調整する。スピナーにより感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布する場合、その回転速度は、通常500~3000rpm、好ましくは800~2000rpm、より好ましくは1000~1500rpmである。 The film thickness is not particularly limited, but is preferably adjusted in the range of 10 to 500 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 200 nm, and still more preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm. When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is applied by a spinner, the rotation speed is usually 500 to 3000 rpm, preferably 800 to 2000 rpm, more preferably 1000 to 1500 rpm.
 加熱(プリベーク)の温度は60~200℃で行うことが好ましく、80~150℃で行うことがより好ましく、90~140℃で行うことが更に好ましい。 The heating (pre-baking) temperature is preferably 60 to 200 ° C., more preferably 80 to 150 ° C., and still more preferably 90 to 140 ° C.
 加熱(プリベーク)の時間は、特に制限はないが、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。 The heating (pre-baking) time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and further preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行っても良い。 The heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / development machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 必要により、市販の無機あるいは有機反射防止膜を使用することができる。更に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の下層に反射防止膜を塗布して用いることもできる。反射防止膜としては、チタン、二酸化チタン、窒化チタン、酸化クロム、カーボン、アモルファスシリコン等の無機膜型と、吸光剤とポリマー材料からなる有機膜型のいずれも用いることができる。また、有機反射防止膜として、ブリューワーサイエンス社製のDUV30シリーズや、DUV-40シリーズ、シプレー社製のAR-2、AR-3、AR-5等の市販の有機反射防止膜を使用することもできる。
 (2)露光
 露光は、活性光線又は放射線により行う。活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、X線、極紫外線(EUV光)及び電子線が挙げられる。これら活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば250nm以下、特には220nm以下の波長を有したものがより好ましい。このような活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、極紫外線(EUV光)及び電子線が挙げられる。好ましい活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば、KrFエキシマーレーザー、電子線、X線及びEUV光が挙げられる。より好ましくは、電子線、X線及びEUV光であり、更に好ましくは、電子線及びEUV光である。
 (3)ベーク
 露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うことが好ましい。
If necessary, a commercially available inorganic or organic antireflection film can be used. Further, an antireflection film can be applied to the lower layer of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. As the antireflection film, any of an inorganic film type such as titanium, titanium dioxide, titanium nitride, chromium oxide, carbon, and amorphous silicon, and an organic film type made of a light absorber and a polymer material can be used. In addition, as the organic antireflection film, commercially available organic antireflection films such as Brewer Science DUV30 series, DUV-40 series, Shipley AR-2, AR-3 and AR-5 may be used. it can.
(2) Exposure Exposure is performed with actinic rays or radiation. Examples of the actinic ray or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, X-rays, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), and electron beams. As these actinic rays or radiation, for example, those having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less are more preferable. Examples of such actinic rays or radiation include KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), and electron beams. Preferable actinic rays or radiations include, for example, KrF excimer laser, electron beam, X-ray and EUV light. More preferred are electron beam, X-ray and EUV light, and still more preferred are electron beam and EUV light.
(3) Baking It is preferable to perform baking (heating) after exposure and before development.
 加熱温度は60~150℃で行うことが好ましく、80~150℃で行うことがより好ましく、90~140℃で行うことが更に好ましい。 The heating temperature is preferably 60 to 150 ° C, more preferably 80 to 150 ° C, and still more preferably 90 to 140 ° C.
 加熱時間は特に限定されないが、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。 The heating time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行っても良い。 The heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / development machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。また、後述するリンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。加熱温度及び加熱時間は上述の通りである。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。
 (4)現像
 本発明においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像を行う。
 ・現像液
 現像液の蒸気圧(混合溶媒である場合は全体としての蒸気圧)は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機溶剤の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化するものと考えられる。
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved. Moreover, it is also preferable that a heating process (Post Bake) is included after the rinse process mentioned later. The heating temperature and heating time are as described above. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
(4) Development In the present invention, development is performed using a developer containing an organic solvent.
-Developer The vapor pressure of the developer (the vapor pressure as a whole in the case of a mixed solvent) is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic solvent to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and as a result, dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. It is thought to improve.
 現像液に用いられる有機溶剤としては、種々の有機溶剤が広く使用されるが、たとえば、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤等の溶剤を用いることができる。 Various organic solvents are widely used as the organic solvent used in the developer. For example, solvents such as ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, etc. Can be used.
 本発明において、エステル系溶剤とは分子内にエステル基を有する溶剤のことであり、ケトン系溶剤とは分子内にケトン基を有する溶剤のことであり、アルコール系溶剤とは分子内にアルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤のことであり、アミド系溶剤とは分子内にアミド基を有する溶剤のことであり、エーテル系溶剤とは分子内にエーテル結合を有する溶剤のことである。これらの中には、1分子内に上記官能基を複数種類有する溶剤も存在するが、その場合は、その溶剤の有する官能基を含むいずれの溶剤種にも該当するものとする。例えば、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルは、上記分類中の、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤いずれにも該当するものとする。また、炭化水素系溶剤とは置換基を有さない炭化水素溶剤のことである。 In the present invention, the ester solvent is a solvent having an ester group in the molecule, the ketone solvent is a solvent having a ketone group in the molecule, and the alcohol solvent is alcoholic in the molecule. It is a solvent having a hydroxyl group, an amide solvent is a solvent having an amide group in the molecule, and an ether solvent is a solvent having an ether bond in the molecule. Among these, there is a solvent having a plurality of types of the above functional groups in one molecule. In that case, it corresponds to any solvent type including the functional group of the solvent. For example, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether corresponds to both alcohol solvents and ether solvents in the above classification. Further, the hydrocarbon solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent having no substituent.
 特に、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤から選択される少なくとも1種類の溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。 In particular, a developer containing at least one solvent selected from ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents and ether solvents is preferable.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA;別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、2-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、4-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-エチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、2-エトキシブチルアセテート、4-エトキシブチルアセテート、4-プロポキシブチルアセテート、2-メトキシペンチルアセテート、3-メトキシペンチルアセテート、4-メトキシペンチルアセテート、2-メチル-3-メトキシペンチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシペンチルアセテート、3-メチル-4-メトキシペンチルアセテート、4-メチル-4-メトキシペンチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、炭酸エチル、炭酸プロピル、炭酸ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、ピルビン酸ブチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸プロピル、プロピオン酸イソプロピル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、エチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、プロピル-3-メトキシプロピオネート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; also known as 1-methoxy- 2-acetoxypropane), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, Diethylene glycol monophenyl ether Tate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 2-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate , Propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, 2-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-propoxybutyl acetate, 2-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methoxypentyl acetate, 4-methoxypentyl acetate 2-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3- Tyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate, 4-methyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, ethyl carbonate, propyl carbonate, Butyl carbonate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, butyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, isopropyl propionate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, Examples include ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, propyl-3-methoxypropionate, etc. Can do.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート、γ-ブチロラクトン等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, Examples include phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetyl acetone, acetonyl acetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate, and γ-butyrolactone.
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール、3-メトキシ-1-ブタノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME;別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル等の水酸基を含有するグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。これらの中でもグリコールエーテル系溶剤を用いることが好ましい。 Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, Alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol and 3-methoxy-1-butanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; alias 1 -Methoxy-2-propanol), diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ethers containing hydroxyl groups such as ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monophenyl ether Examples thereof include system solvents. Among these, it is preferable to use a glycol ether solvent.
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記水酸基を含有するグリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、プロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル等の水酸基を含有しないグリコールエーテル系溶剤、アニソール、フェネトール等の芳香族エーテル溶剤、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、テトラヒドロピラン、パーフルオロ-2-ブチルテトラヒドロフラン、パーフルオロテトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン等が挙げられる。好ましくは、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、又はアニソールなどの芳香族エーテル溶剤を用いる。 Examples of ether solvents include glycol ether solvents that contain hydroxyl groups, glycol ether solvents that do not contain hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, anisole, and phenetole. And aromatic ether solvents, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, perfluoro-2-butyltetrahydrofuran, perfluorotetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and the like. Preferably, an glycol ether solvent or an aromatic ether solvent such as anisole is used.
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。 Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ドデカン、ウンデカン、ヘキサデカン、2,2,4-トリメチルペンタン、2,2,3-トリメチルヘキサン、パーフルオロヘキサン、パーフルオロヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、1-メチルプロピルベンゼン、2-メチルプロピルベンゼン、ジメチルベンゼン、ジエチルベンゼン、エチルメチルベンゼン、トリメチルベンゼン、エチルジメチルベンゼン、ジプロピルベンゼンなどの芳香族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include pentane, hexane, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, 2,2,3-trimethylhexane, perfluorohexane, perfluoroheptane. Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenzene, 2-methylpropylbenzene, dimethylbenzene, diethylbenzene, ethylmethylbenzene, trimethylbenzene, ethyldimethylbenzene, dipropylbenzene, etc. And aromatic hydrocarbon solvents.
 現像液は炭素原子数が7以上(炭素数7~14がより好ましく、炭素数7~12がより好ましく、炭素数7~10がさらに好ましい)、かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤を用いることが好ましい。 The developer is an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms) and a hetero atom number of 2 or less. It is preferable to use it.
 上記エステル系溶剤のヘテロ原子は、炭素原子および水素原子以外の原子であって、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等が挙げられる。ヘテロ原子数は、2以下が好ましい。 The hetero atom of the ester solvent is an atom other than a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms is preferably 2 or less.
 炭素原子数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤の好ましい例としては、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸2-メチルブチル、酢酸1-メチルブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ペンチル、プロピオン酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ブチル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ヘプチル、ブタン酸ブチルなどが挙げられ、酢酸イソアミルを用いることが特に好ましい。 Preferred examples of ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, Examples thereof include butyl propionate, isobutyl isobutyrate, heptyl propionate, and butyl butanoate, and it is particularly preferable to use isoamyl acetate.
 現像液は上述した炭素原子数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤に代えて、上記エステル系溶剤および上記炭化水素系溶剤の混合溶剤、又は、上記ケトン系溶剤および上記炭化水素溶剤の混合溶剤を用いてもよい。この場合においても、レジスト膜の膨潤の抑制に効果的である。 Instead of the ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less hetero atoms, the developer is a mixed solvent of the ester solvent and the hydrocarbon solvent, or the ketone solvent and the hydrocarbon. A mixed solvent of solvents may be used. Even in this case, it is effective in suppressing the swelling of the resist film.
 エステル系溶剤と炭化水素系溶剤とを組み合わせて用いる場合には、エステル系溶剤として酢酸イソアミルを用いることが好ましい。また、炭化水素系溶剤としては、レジスト膜の溶解性を調製するという観点から、飽和炭化水素溶剤(例えば、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ドデカン、ウンデカン、ヘキサデカンなど)を用いることが好ましい。 When an ester solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent are used in combination, isoamyl acetate is preferably used as the ester solvent. As the hydrocarbon solvent, it is preferable to use a saturated hydrocarbon solvent (for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.) from the viewpoint of adjusting the solubility of the resist film.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。 A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than the above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
 現像液における有機溶剤(複数混合の場合は合計)の濃度は、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは70質量%以上、更に好ましくは90質量%以上である。特に好ましくは、実質的に有機溶剤のみからなる場合である。なお、実質的に有機溶剤のみからなる場合とは、微量の界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、安定剤、消泡剤などを含有する場合を含むものとする。 The concentration of the organic solvent in the developer (total in the case of a plurality of mixtures) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and further preferably 90% by mass or more. Particularly preferred is a case consisting essentially of an organic solvent. In addition, the case where it consists only of an organic solvent includes the case where a trace amount surfactant, antioxidant, stabilizer, an antifoamer, etc. are contained.
 上記溶剤のうち、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、2-へプタノン及びアニソールの群から選ばれる1種以上を含有することがより好ましい。 Among the above solvents, it is more preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2-heptanone and anisole.
 現像液として用いる有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤を好適に挙げることができる。 As the organic solvent used as the developer, an ester solvent can be preferably exemplified.
 エステル系溶剤としては、後述する一般式(S1)で表される溶剤又は後述する一般式(S2)で表される溶剤を用いることがより好ましく、一般式(S1)で表される溶剤を用いることが更により好ましく、酢酸アルキルを用いることが特に好ましく、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチルを用いることが最も好ましい。 As the ester solvent, it is more preferable to use a solvent represented by the general formula (S1) described later or a solvent represented by the general formula (S2) described later, and use a solvent represented by the general formula (S1). It is even more preferred that alkyl acetate is used, and butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, and isopentyl acetate are most preferred.
 R-C(=O)-O-R’  一般式(S1)
 一般式(S1)に於いて、
 R及びR’は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。R及びR’は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R—C (═O) —O—R ′ Formula (S1)
In the general formula (S1),
R and R ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom. R and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R及びR’についてのアルキル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基の炭素数は、1~15の範囲であることが好ましく、シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~15であることが好ましい。 The carbon number of the alkyl group, alkoxyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group for R and R ′ is preferably in the range of 1 to 15, and the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 15.
 R及びR’としては水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましく、R及びR’についてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、及びRとR’とが互いに結合して形成する環は、水酸基、カルボニル基を含む基(例えば、アシル基、アルデヒド基、アルコキシカルボニル等)、シアノ基などで置換されていても良い。 R and R ′ are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a ring formed by combining R and R ′ with respect to R and R ′, It may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, a group containing a carbonyl group (for example, an acyl group, an aldehyde group, alkoxycarbonyl, etc.), a cyano group, or the like.
 一般式(S1)で表される溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、炭酸エチル、炭酸プロピル、炭酸ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、ピルビン酸ブチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸プロピル、プロピオン酸イソプロピル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, and butyl lactate. , Propyl lactate, ethyl carbonate, propyl carbonate, butyl carbonate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, butyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, propion Examples thereof include isopropyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, and the like.
 これらの中でも、R及びR’が無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 
 一般式(S1)で表される溶剤としては、酢酸アルキルであることが好ましく、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル(酢酸ペンチル)、酢酸イソアミル(酢酸イソペンチル)であることがより好ましく、酢酸イソアミルであることがさらに好ましい。
Among these, it is preferable that R and R ′ are unsubstituted alkyl groups.
The solvent represented by the general formula (S1) is preferably alkyl acetate, more preferably butyl acetate, amyl acetate (pentyl acetate), or isoamyl acetate (isopentyl acetate), and is preferably isoamyl acetate. Further preferred.
 一般式(S1)で表される溶剤は他の有機溶剤1種以上と併用して用いても良い。この場合の併用溶剤としては、一般式(S1)で表される溶剤に分離することなく混合できれば特に制限は無く、一般式(S1)で表される溶剤同士を併用して用いても良いし、一般式(S1)で表される溶剤を他のエステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤から選択される溶剤に混合して用いても良い。併用溶剤は1種以上用いることができるが、安定した性能を得る上では、1種であることが好ましい。併用溶剤1種を混合して用いる場合の、一般式(S1)で表される溶剤と併用溶剤の混合比は、質量比で通常20:80~99:1、好ましくは50:50~97:3、より好ましくは60:40~95:5、最も好ましくは60:40~90:10である。 The solvent represented by the general formula (S1) may be used in combination with one or more other organic solvents. The combined solvent in this case is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed without being separated into the solvent represented by the general formula (S1), and the solvents represented by the general formula (S1) may be used in combination. The solvent represented by the general formula (S1) may be used by mixing it with a solvent selected from other ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents and hydrocarbon solvents. good. One or more solvents can be used in combination, but it is preferable to use one solvent in order to obtain stable performance. When mixing and using one type of combined solvent, the mixing ratio of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) and the combined solvent is usually 20:80 to 99: 1, preferably 50:50 to 97: by mass ratio. 3, more preferably 60:40 to 95: 5, and most preferably 60:40 to 90:10.
 R’’-C(=O)-O-R’’’-O-R’’’’ 一般式(S2)
 一般式(S2)に於いて、
 R’’及びR’’’’は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。R’’及びR’’’’は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R ″ —C (═O) —O—R ′ ″ — O—R ″ ″ Formula (S2)
In general formula (S2),
R ″ and R ″ ″ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom. R ″ and R ″ ″ may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R’’及びR’’’’は、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。R’’及びR’’’’についてのアルキル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基の炭素数は、1~15の範囲であることが好ましく、シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~15であることが好ましい。 R ″ and R ′ ″ ″ are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group, alkoxyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group for R ″ and R ″ ″ is preferably in the range of 1 to 15, and the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is 3 to 15. Is preferred.
 R’’’は、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。R’’’は、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。R’’’についてのアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10の範囲であることが好ましい。R’’’についてのシクロアルキレン基の炭素数は、3~10の範囲であることが好ましい。 R ″ ″ represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group. R ″ ″ is preferably an alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group for R ′ ″ is preferably in the range of 1 to 10. The carbon number of the cycloalkylene group for R ″ ′ is preferably in the range of 3 to 10.
 R’’及びR’’’’についてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、R’’’についてのアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及びR’’とR’’’’とが互いに結合して形成する環は、水酸基、カルボニル基を含む基(例えば、アシル基、アルデヒド基、アルコキシカルボニル等)、シアノ基などで置換されていても良い。 An alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group for R ″ and R ″ ″, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group for R ′ ″, and R ″ and R ″ ″. The ring formed by bonding to each other may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, a group containing a carbonyl group (for example, an acyl group, an aldehyde group, alkoxycarbonyl, etc.), a cyano group, or the like.
 一般式(S2)に於ける、R’’’についてのアルキレン基は、アルキレン鎖中にエーテル結合を有していてもよい。 In general formula (S2), the alkylene group for R ′ ″ may have an ether bond in the alkylene chain.
 一般式(S2)で表される溶剤としては、例えば、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、エチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、プロピル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、メトキシ酢酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、2-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、4-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-エチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、2-エトキシブチルアセテート、4-エトキシブチルアセテート、4-プロポキシブチルアセテート、2-メトキシペンチルアセテート、3-メトキシペンチルアセテート、4-メトキシペンチルアセテート、2-メチル-3-メトキシペンチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシペンチルアセテート、3-メチル-4-メトキシペンチルアセテート、4-メチル-4-メトキシペンチルアセテート等が挙げられ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートであることが好ましい。 Examples of the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl. Ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, methyl-3-meth Cypropionate, ethyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, propyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, 2-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4 -Methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 2-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-propoxybutyl acetate, 2-methoxypentyl acetate, 3 -Methoxypentyl acetate, 4-methoxypentyl acetate, 2-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate, 4 Methyl-4-methoxy-pentyl acetate and the like, is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
 これらの中でも、R’’及びR’’’’が無置換のアルキル基であり、R’’’が無置換のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、R’’及びR’’’’がメチル基及びエチル基のいずれかであることがより好ましく、R’’及びR’’’’がメチル基であることが更により好ましい。 Among these, R ″ and R ″ ″ are preferably unsubstituted alkyl groups, R ′ ″ is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group, and R ″ and R ″ ″ are methyl groups. And R ″ and R ″ ″ are more preferably methyl groups.
 一般式(S2)で表される溶剤は他の有機溶剤1種以上と併用して用いても良い。この場合の併用溶剤としては、一般式(S2)で表される溶剤に分離することなく混合できれば特に制限は無く、一般式(S2)で表される溶剤同士を併用して用いても良いし、一般式(S2)で表される溶剤を他のエステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤から選択される溶剤に混合して用いても良い。併用溶剤は1種以上用いることができるが、安定した性能を得る上では、1種であることが好ましい。併用溶剤1種を混合して用いる場合の、一般式(S2)で表される溶剤と併用溶剤の混合比は、質量比で通常20:80~99:1、好ましくは50:50~97:3、より好ましくは60:40~95:5、最も好ましくは60:40~90:10である。 The solvent represented by the general formula (S2) may be used in combination with one or more other organic solvents. The combined solvent in this case is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed without being separated into the solvent represented by the general formula (S2), and the solvents represented by the general formula (S2) may be used in combination. The solvent represented by the general formula (S2) may be used by mixing it with a solvent selected from other ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents and hydrocarbon solvents. good. One or more solvents can be used in combination, but it is preferable to use one solvent in order to obtain stable performance. When mixing and using one type of combination solvent, the mixing ratio of the solvent represented by formula (S2) and the combination solvent is usually 20:80 to 99: 1, preferably 50:50 to 97: by mass. 3, more preferably 60:40 to 95: 5, and most preferably 60:40 to 90:10.
 また、現像液として用いる有機溶剤としては、エーテル系溶剤も好適に挙げることができる。 In addition, as an organic solvent used as a developer, an ether solvent can also be suitably exemplified.
 用いることができるエーテル系溶剤としては、前述のエーテル系溶剤が挙げられ、このなかでも芳香環を一つ以上含むエーテル系溶剤が好まく、下記一般式(S3)で表される溶剤がより好ましく、最も好ましくはアニソールである。 Examples of the ether solvent that can be used include the ether solvents described above, and among these, an ether solvent containing one or more aromatic rings is preferable, and a solvent represented by the following general formula (S3) is more preferable. Most preferred is anisole.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 一般式(S3)に於いて、
 Rは、アルキル基を表す。アルキル基としては炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基がより好ましく、メチル基であることが最も好ましい。
In general formula (S3),
R S represents an alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and most preferably a methyl group.
 本発明において、現像液の含水率は、通常10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことが最も好ましい。
 ・界面活性剤
 有機溶剤を含む現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量含有させることができる。
In the present invention, the water content of the developer is usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and most preferably contains no water. preferable.
-Surfactant A developer containing an organic solvent can contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant as required.
 界面活性剤としては、上述した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる界面活性剤と同様のものを用いることができる。 As the surfactant, the same surfactants as those used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above can be used.
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
 ・塩基性化合物
 有機溶剤を含む現像液は、塩基性化合物を含んでいてもよい。本発明で用いられる現像液が含みうる塩基性化合物の具体例及び好ましい例としては、上述した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が含みうる塩基性化合物におけるものと同様である。
 ・現像方法
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。 
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
The amount of the surfactant used is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
-Basic compound The developer containing an organic solvent may contain a basic compound. Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as those in the basic compound that can be contained in the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
・ Development method As a development method, for example, the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), and the developer is developed on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and kept stationary for a certain period of time. Method (paddle method), Method of spraying developer on the substrate surface (spray method), Method of continuously discharging developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic Dispensing method) can be applied.
Moreover, you may implement the process of stopping image development, after the process of developing, substituting with another solvent.
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、通常は10秒~300秒であり。好ましくは、20秒~120秒である。 The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is usually 10 seconds to 300 seconds. Preferably, it is 20 seconds to 120 seconds.
 現像液の温度は0℃~50℃が好ましく、15℃~35℃が更に好ましい。
 (5)リンス
 本発明のパターン形成方法では、現像工程の後に、有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含んでいてもよいが、スループット、リンス液使用量等の観点から、リンス工程を含まない方が好ましい。
 ・リンス液
 現像後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧(混合溶媒である場合は全体としての蒸気圧)は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。
The temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 ° C to 50 ° C, more preferably from 15 ° C to 35 ° C.
(5) Rinsing The pattern forming method of the present invention may include a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an organic solvent after the development step. From the viewpoint of throughput, the amount of rinsing liquid used, etc., the rinsing step It is preferable not to contain.
-Rinse solution The vapor pressure of the rinse solution used after development (the vapor pressure as a whole in the case of a mixed solvent) is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less. Preferably, it is 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 上記リンス液としては、種々の有機溶剤が用いられるが、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤から選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤又は水を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。 As the rinsing liquid, various organic solvents are used. At least one organic solvent selected from hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents or It is preferable to use a rinse solution containing water.
 より好ましくは、現像の後に、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤又は炭化水素系溶剤から選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。更により好ましくは、現像の後に、アルコール系溶剤又は炭化水素系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。 More preferably, after the development, a step of washing with a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent. Do. Even more preferably, after the development, a step of washing with a rinse solution containing an alcohol solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent is performed.
 特に好ましくは、一価のアルコール及び炭化水素系溶剤の群から選ばれる少なくとも1種以上を含有するリンス液を用いる。 Particularly preferably, a rinse liquid containing at least one selected from the group of monohydric alcohols and hydrocarbon solvents is used.
 ここで、現像後のリンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、3-メチル-3-ペンタノール、シクロペンタノール、2,3-ジメチル-2-ブタノール、3,3-ジメチル-2-ブタノール、2-メチル-2-ペンタノール、2-メチル-3-ペンタノール、3-メチル-2-ペンタノール、3-メチル-3-ペンタノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、4-メチル-3-ペンタノール、シクロヘキサノール、5-メチル-2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ヘキサノール、4,5-ジチル-2-ヘキサノール、6-メチル-2-ヘプタノール、7-メチル-2-オクタノール、8-メチル-2-ノナノール、9-メチル-2-デカノールなどを用いることができ、好ましくは、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、3-メチル-2-ペンタノール、3-メチル-3-ペンタノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、4-メチル-3-ペンタノールであり、最も好ましくは、1-ヘキサノール又は4-メチル-2-ペンタノールである。 Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step after development include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols, and specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl- 1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol , 3-octanol, 4-octanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, cyclopentanol, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butanol, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol 2-methyl-3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-pentanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, -Methyl-2-pentanol, 4-methyl-3-pentanol, cyclohexanol, 5-methyl-2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-hexanol, 4,5-dityl-2-hexanol, 6-methyl- 2-heptanol, 7-methyl-2-octanol, 8-methyl-2-nonanol, 9-methyl-2-decanol and the like can be used, preferably 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-2-pentanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 4-methyl-3-pentanol, most preferably 1-hexanol or 4-methyl-2-pentanol.
 炭化水素系溶剤としては前記現像液で挙げた溶剤を好適に使用することができる。 As the hydrocarbon solvent, the solvents mentioned in the developer can be preferably used.
 リンス液に含まれる有機溶剤としては、後述する露光工程においてEUV光(Extreme Ultra Violet)またはEB(Electron Beam)を用いる場合において、上記の有機溶剤の中でも炭化水素系溶剤を用いることが好ましく、脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤を用いることがより好ましい。リンス液に用いられる脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤としては、その効果がより向上するという観点から、炭素数5以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤(例えば、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカン、ヘキサデカン等)が好ましく、炭素原子数が8以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が好ましく、炭素原子数が10以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤がより好ましい。 As the organic solvent contained in the rinsing liquid, when using EUV light (ExtremeExtViolet) or EB (Electron Beam) in the exposure process described later, it is preferable to use a hydrocarbon solvent among the above organic solvents. More preferably, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is used. As the aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent used in the rinsing liquid, an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having 5 or more carbon atoms (for example, pentane, hexane, octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, Hexadecane, etc.) are preferred, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms are preferred, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 10 or more carbon atoms are more preferred.
 なお、上記脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤の炭素原子数の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、16以下が挙げられ、14以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。 In addition, the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 16 or less, preferably 14 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
 上記脂肪側炭化水素系溶剤の中でも、特に好ましくは、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカンであり、最も好ましくはウンデカンである。 Among the above fat-side hydrocarbon solvents, decane, undecane, and dodecane are particularly preferable, and undecane is most preferable.
 上記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。上記溶剤は水と混合しても良いが、リンス液中の含水率は通常60質量%以下であり、好ましくは30質量%以下、更に好ましくは10質量%以下、最も好ましくは5質量%以下である。含水率を60質量%以下にすることで、良好なリンス特性を得ることができる。 A plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above. The solvent may be mixed with water, but the water content in the rinsing liquid is usually 60% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and most preferably 5% by mass or less. is there. A favorable rinse characteristic can be acquired by making a moisture content into 60 mass% or less.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量含有させて使用することもできる。 
 界面活性剤としては、上述した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる界面活性剤と同様のものを用いることができ、その使用量はリンス液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
 ・リンス方法
 リンス工程においては、現像を行ったウェハを上記の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be contained in the rinse liquid.
As the surfactant, the same surfactants as those used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above can be used, and the amount used is usually 0. The content is 001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
-Rinsing method In the rinsing step, the developed wafer is cleaned using the rinsing liquid containing the organic solvent.
 洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転吐出法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転吐出方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。 The method of the cleaning process is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary discharge method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a rotary discharge method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
 リンス時間には特に制限はないが、通常は10秒~300秒であり。好ましくは10秒~180秒であり、最も好ましくは20秒~120秒である。 The rinse time is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 to 300 seconds. The time is preferably 10 seconds to 180 seconds, and most preferably 20 seconds to 120 seconds.
 リンス液の温度は0℃~50℃が好ましく、15℃~35℃が更に好ましい。 The temperature of the rinse liquid is preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., more preferably 15 ° C. to 35 ° C.
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。 Further, after the developing process or the rinsing process, it is possible to perform a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid.
 更に、現像処理又はリンス処理又は超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する溶剤を除去するために加熱処理を行うことができる。加熱温度は、良好なレジストパターンが得られる限り特に限定されるものではなく、通常40℃~160℃である。加熱温度は50℃以上150℃以下が好ましく、50℃以上110℃以下が最も好ましい。加熱時間に関しては良好なレジストパターンが得られる限り特に限定されないが、通常15秒~300秒であり、好ましくは、15~180秒である。
 ・アルカリ現像
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、更に、アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行い、レジストパターンを形成する工程(アルカリ現像工程)を含むことができる。これにより、より微細なパターンを形成することができる。
Furthermore, after the development processing, the rinsing processing or the processing with the supercritical fluid, a heat processing can be performed to remove the solvent remaining in the pattern. The heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, and is usually 40 ° C. to 160 ° C. The heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, and most preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower. The heating time is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, but is usually 15 seconds to 300 seconds, and preferably 15 to 180 seconds.
Alkali development The pattern formation method of the present invention can further include a step of performing development using an aqueous alkali solution to form a resist pattern (alkali development step). Thereby, a finer pattern can be formed.
 本発明において、有機溶剤現像工程によって露光強度の弱い部分が除去されるが、更にアルカリ現像工程を行うことによって露光強度の強い部分も除去される。このように現像を複数回行う多重現像プロセスにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、通常より微細なパターンを形成できる(特開2008-292975[0077]と同様のメカニズム)。 In the present invention, a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step, but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by further performing the alkali development step. In this way, by the multiple development process in which development is performed a plurality of times, a pattern can be formed without dissolving only the intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292975 [0077]). The same mechanism).
 アルカリ現像は、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の前後どちらでも行うことが出来るが、有機溶剤現像工程の前に行うことがより好ましい。 Alkali development can be performed either before or after the development step using a developer containing an organic solvent, but is more preferably performed before the organic solvent development step.
 アルカリ現像に使用しうるアルカリ水溶液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピぺリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液が挙げられる。 Examples of alkaline aqueous solutions that can be used for alkali development include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia, and first amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine. Secondary amines such as amines, diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxy Alkaline aqueous solutions such as quaternary ammonium salts such as copper and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and piperidine.
 更に、上記アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 Furthermore, alcohols and surfactants can be added in appropriate amounts to the alkaline aqueous solution.
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。 The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。 The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
 特に、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38質量%の水溶液が望ましい。 In particular, a 2.38 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
 アルカリ現像時間は特に制限はなく、通常は10秒~300秒であり。好ましくは、20秒~120秒である。 The alkali development time is not particularly limited and is usually 10 to 300 seconds. Preferably, it is 20 seconds to 120 seconds.
 アルカリ現像液の温度は0℃~50℃が好ましく、15℃~35℃が更に好ましい。 The temperature of the alkali developer is preferably from 0 ° C to 50 ° C, more preferably from 15 ° C to 35 ° C.
 アルカリ水溶液による現像の後、リンス処理を行うことができる。リンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水が好ましく、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 A rinse treatment can be performed after development with an alkaline aqueous solution. As the rinsing liquid in the rinsing treatment, pure water is preferable, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added and used.
 更に、現像処理又はリンス処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行うこともできる。 Further, after the development process or the rinse process, a heat treatment can be performed in order to remove moisture remaining in the pattern.
 また、加熱により、残存している現像液又はリンス液を除去する処理を行うことができる。加熱温度は、良好なレジストパターンが得られる限り特に限定されるものではなく、通常40℃~160℃である。加熱温度は50℃以上150℃以下が好ましく、50℃以上110℃以下が最も好ましい。加熱時間に関しては良好なレジストパターンが得られる限り特に限定されないが、通常15秒~300秒であり、好ましくは、15~180秒である。 Further, the remaining developer or rinse solution can be removed by heating. The heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, and is usually 40 ° C. to 160 ° C. The heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, and most preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower. The heating time is not particularly limited as long as a good resist pattern can be obtained, but is usually 15 seconds to 300 seconds, and preferably 15 to 180 seconds.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物から形成された膜について、活性光線又は放射線の照射時に、膜とレンズの間に空気よりも屈折率の高い液体(液浸媒体)を満たして露光(液浸露光)を行ってもよい。これにより解像性を高めることができる。用いる液浸媒体としては空気よりも屈折率の高い液体であればいずれのものでも用いることができるが好ましくは純水である。 For a film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, a liquid (immersion medium) having a higher refractive index than air is interposed between the film and the lens when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. You may satisfy | fill and perform exposure (immersion exposure). Thereby, resolution can be improved. As the immersion medium to be used, any liquid can be used as long as it has a higher refractive index than air, but pure water is preferred.
 液浸露光する際に使用する液浸液について、以下に説明する。 
 液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましいが、上述の観点に加えて、入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。
The immersion liquid used for the immersion exposure will be described below.
The immersion liquid is a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has the smallest possible temperature coefficient of refractive index so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. However, in addition to the above-mentioned viewpoints, it is preferable to use water from the viewpoints of easy availability and easy handling.
 また、さらに屈折率が向上できるという点で屈折率1.5以上の媒体を用いることもできる。この媒体は、水溶液でもよく有機溶剤でもよい。 Also, a medium having a refractive index of 1.5 or more can be used in that the refractive index can be further improved. This medium may be an aqueous solution or an organic solvent.
 液浸液として水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに、界面活性力を増大させるために、ウェハ上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を溶解させず、且つレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加しても良い。その添加剤としては水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。一方で、屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物が混入した場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを招くため、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。 When water is used as the immersion liquid, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on the wafer is not dissolved and the lower surface of the lens element is not dissolved in order to reduce the surface tension of the water and increase the surface activity. An additive (liquid) that can ignore the influence on the optical coating may be added in a small proportion. The additive is preferably an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, and specifically includes methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage that the change in the refractive index of the entire liquid can be made extremely small can be obtained. On the other hand, when an impurity whose refractive index is significantly different from that of water is mixed, the optical image projected on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is distorted, and distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
 水の電気抵抗は、18.3MΩcm以上であることが望ましく、TOC(有機物濃度)は20ppb以下であることが望ましく、脱気処理をしていることが望ましい。 
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(D2O)を用いてもよい。
The electric resistance of water is preferably 18.3 MΩcm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive for increasing the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 本発明の組成物による膜と液浸液との間には、膜を直接、液浸液に接触させないために、液浸液難溶性膜(以下、「トップコート」ともいう)を設けてもよい。トップコートに必要な機能としては、組成物膜上層部への塗布適正、液浸液難溶性である。トップコートは、組成物膜と混合せず、さらに組成物膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。 An immersion liquid poorly soluble film (hereinafter also referred to as “topcoat”) may be provided between the film of the composition of the present invention and the immersion liquid so that the film does not directly contact the immersion liquid. Good. The functions necessary for the top coat are appropriate application to the upper layer portion of the composition film and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the composition film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the composition film.
 トップコートは、具体的には、炭化水素ポリマー、アクリル酸エステルポリマー、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルエーテル、シリコン含有ポリマー、フッ素含有ポリマーなどが挙げられる。トップコートから液浸液へ不純物が溶出すると光学レンズを汚染するという観点からは、トップコートに含まれるポリマーの残留モノマー成分は少ない方が好ましい。 Specific examples of the top coat include hydrocarbon polymers, acrylic acid ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, fluorine-containing polymers, and the like. From the viewpoint of contaminating the optical lens when impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
 トップコートを剥離する際は、現像液を使用してもよいし、別途剥離剤を使用してもよい。剥離剤としては、膜への浸透が小さい溶剤が好ましい。剥離工程が膜の現像処理工程と同時にできるという点では、有機溶媒を含んだ現像液で剥離できることが好ましい。 When removing the topcoat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used. As the release agent, a solvent having low penetration into the film is preferable. From the viewpoint that the peeling step can be performed at the same time as the film development processing step, it is preferable that the peeling step can be performed with a developer containing an organic solvent.
 トップコートと液浸液との間には屈折率の差がない方が、解像力が向上する。液浸液として水を用いる場合には、トップコートは、液浸液の屈折率に近いことが好ましい。屈折率を液浸液に近くするという観点からは、トップコート中にフッ素原子を有することが好ましい。また、透明性・屈折率の観点から薄膜の方が好ましい。 The resolution is improved when there is no difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid. When water is used as the immersion liquid, the top coat is preferably close to the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From the viewpoint of making the refractive index close to the immersion liquid, it is preferable to have fluorine atoms in the topcoat. A thin film is more preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and refractive index.
 トップコートは、膜と混合せず、さらに液浸液とも混合しないことが好ましい。この観点から、液浸液が水の場合には、トップコートに使用される溶剤は、本発明の組成物に使用される溶媒に難溶で、かつ非水溶性の媒体であることが好ましい。さらに、液浸液が有機溶剤である場合には、トップコートは水溶性であっても非水溶性であってもよい。 It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the film and further not mixed with the immersion liquid. From this point of view, when the immersion liquid is water, the solvent used for the top coat is preferably a water-insoluble medium that is hardly soluble in the solvent used for the composition of the present invention. Furthermore, when the immersion liquid is an organic solvent, the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
 一方でEUV露光やEB露光の際、アウトガス抑止の目的、ブロッブ欠陥抑止の目的、逆テーパー形状改良による倒れ悪化、表面荒れによるLWR悪化等を防止する目的で、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物から形成される感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の上層にトップコート層を形成しても良い。以下、トップコート層の形成に用いられるトップコート組成物について説明する。 
 本発明におけるトップコート組成物は溶媒が水又は有機溶剤であることが好ましい。より好ましくは水又はアルコール系溶剤である。 
 溶媒が有機溶剤である場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を溶解しない溶剤であることが好ましい。使用しうる溶剤としては、アルコール系溶剤、フッ素系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤を用いることが好ましく、非フッ素系のアルコール系溶剤を用いることが更に好ましい。アルコール系溶剤としては、塗布性の観点からは1級のアルコールが好ましく、更に好ましくは炭素数4~8の1級アルコールである。炭素数4~8の1級アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアルコールを用いることができるが、直鎖状、分岐状のアルコールが好ましい。具体的には、例えば1-ブタノール、1-ヘキサノール、1-ペンタノールおよび3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどが挙げられる。
On the other hand, at the time of EUV exposure or EB exposure, the actinic ray sensitivity or sensation of the present invention is used for the purpose of suppressing outgas, the purpose of suppressing blob defects, the deterioration of collapse due to improved reverse taper shape, and the deterioration of LWR due to surface roughness. A topcoat layer may be formed on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the radiation-sensitive resin composition. Hereinafter, the topcoat composition used for forming the topcoat layer will be described.
In the top coat composition of the present invention, the solvent is preferably water or an organic solvent. More preferred is water or an alcohol solvent.
When the solvent is an organic solvent, it is preferably a solvent that does not dissolve the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. As the solvent that can be used, an alcohol solvent, a fluorine solvent, or a hydrocarbon solvent is preferably used, and a non-fluorine alcohol solvent is more preferably used. As the alcohol solvent, a primary alcohol is preferable from the viewpoint of applicability, and a primary alcohol having 4 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable. As the primary alcohol having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a linear, branched or cyclic alcohol can be used, but a linear or branched alcohol is preferred. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, 1-pentanol and 3-methyl-1-butanol.
 本発明におけるトップコート組成物の溶媒が水、アルコール系溶剤等である場合、水溶性樹脂を含有することが好ましい。水溶性樹脂を含有することにより、現像液への溶解性の均一性をより高めることができると考えられる。好ましい水溶性樹脂としては、ポリアクリル酸、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリアクリルイミド、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレンオキサイド、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリエステルポリオールおよびポリエーテルポリオール、多糖類、等が挙げられる。特に好ましくは、ポリアクリル酸、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアルコールである。なお、水溶性樹脂としてはホモポリマーのみに限定されず、共重合体であっても構わない。例えば、上記で挙げたホモポリマーの繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーと、それ以外のモノマー単位を有する共重合体であってもよい。具体的には、アクリル酸―メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸-ヒドロキシスチレン共重合体なども本発明に用いることができる。 When the solvent of the topcoat composition in the present invention is water, an alcohol solvent or the like, it is preferable to contain a water-soluble resin. By containing a water-soluble resin, it is considered that the uniformity of solubility in a developer can be further improved. Preferred water-soluble resins include polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, polyhydroxystyrene, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl ether, polyvinyl acetal, polyacrylimide, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, polyethyleneimine, polyester polyol and polyether polyol. , Polysaccharides, and the like. Particularly preferred are polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, polyhydroxystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyvinyl alcohol. The water-soluble resin is not limited to a homopolymer, and may be a copolymer. For example, it may be a copolymer having monomers corresponding to the repeating units of the homopolymers listed above and other monomer units. Specifically, acrylic acid-methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid-hydroxystyrene copolymer and the like can also be used in the present invention.
 また、トップコート組成物用の樹脂としては、特開2009-134177、特開2009-91798記載の酸性基を有する樹脂も、好ましく用いることができる。 Further, as the resin for the top coat composition, resins having an acidic group described in JP-A-2009-134177 and JP-A-2009-91798 can be preferably used.
 水溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量は、特に制限はないが、2000から100万が好ましく、更に好ましくは5000から50万、特に好ましくは1万から10万である。ここで、樹脂の重量平均分子量は、GPC(キャリア:THFあるいはN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP))によって測定したポリスチレン換算分子量を示す。 The weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 500,000, and particularly preferably 10,000 to 100,000. Here, the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
 トップコート組成物のpHは、特に制限はないが、好ましくは0~10、更に好ましくは0~8、特に好ましくは1~7である。 The pH of the top coat composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 7.
 トップコート組成物の溶剤が有機溶媒である場合、トップコート組成物は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の項において前述した疎水性樹脂(HR)のような疎水性の樹脂を含有していてもよい。疎水性樹脂としては、特開2008-209889号公報に記載の疎水性樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 
 トップコート組成物中の樹脂の濃度は、好ましくは0.1から10質量%、さらに好ましくは0.2から5質量%、特に好ましくは0.3から3質量%である。
When the solvent of the topcoat composition is an organic solvent, the topcoat composition contains a hydrophobic resin such as the hydrophobic resin (HR) described above in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition section. You may do it. As the hydrophobic resin, it is also preferable to use a hydrophobic resin described in JP-A-2008-209889.
The concentration of the resin in the top coat composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass.
 トップコート材料には樹脂以外の成分を含んでもよいが、トップコート組成物の固形分に占める樹脂の割合は、好ましくは80から100質量%であり、更に好ましくは90から100質量%、特に好ましくは95から100質量%である。 The topcoat material may contain components other than the resin, but the ratio of the resin to the solid content of the topcoat composition is preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably Is from 95 to 100% by weight.
 本発明におけるトップコート組成物の固形分濃度は、0.1~10であることが好ましく、0.2~6質量%であることがより好ましく、0.3~5質量%であることが更に好ましい。固形分濃度を上記範囲とすることで、トップコート組成物を感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に均一に塗布することができる。 The solid content concentration of the top coat composition in the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.2 to 6% by mass, and further preferably 0.3 to 5% by mass. preferable. By making solid content concentration into the said range, a topcoat composition can be uniformly apply | coated on actinic-light sensitive or radiation sensitive film | membrane.
 トップコート材料に添加し得る樹脂以外の成分としては、界面活性剤、光酸発生剤、塩基性化合物などが挙げられる。光酸発生剤及び塩基性化合物の具体例としては、上述した活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物及び塩基性化合物と同様の化合物が挙げられる。 Components other than the resin that can be added to the topcoat material include surfactants, photoacid generators, basic compounds, and the like. Specific examples of the photoacid generator and the basic compound include compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation and compounds similar to the basic compound.
 界面活性剤を使用する場合、界面活性剤の使用量は、トップコート組成物の全量に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、より好ましくは0.001~1質量%である。 When a surfactant is used, the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, based on the total amount of the topcoat composition.
 トップコート組成物に界面活性剤を添加することによって、トップコート組成物を塗布する場合の塗布性が向上し得る。界面活性剤としては、ノニオン性、アニオン性、カチオン性および両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。 By adding a surfactant to the topcoat composition, the coating property when applying the topcoat composition can be improved. Surfactants include nonionic, anionic, cationic and amphoteric surfactants.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、BASF社製のPlufaracシリーズ、青木油脂工業社製のELEBASEシリーズ、ファインサーフシリーズ、ブラウノンシリーズ、旭電化工業社製のアデカプルロニック P-103、花王ケミカル社製のエマルゲンシリーズ、アミートシリーズ、アミノーン PK-02S、エマノーン CH-25、レオドールシリーズ、AGCセイミケミカル社製のサーフロン S-141、第一工業製薬社製のノイゲンシリーズ、竹本油脂社製のニューカルゲンシリーズ、日信化学工業社製のDYNOL604、エンバイロジェムAD01、オルフィンEXPシリーズ、サーフィノールシリーズ、菱江化学社製のフタージェント 300、等を用いることができる。 Nonionic surfactants include BALF's Plufrac series, Aoki Yushi Kogyo's ELEBASE series, Finesurf series, Braunon series, Asahi Denka Kogyo's Adeka Pluronic P-103, Kao Chemical's Emulgen Series, Amit series, Aminone PK-02S, Emanon CH-25, Rheodor series, Surflon S-141 from AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Neugen series from Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku, New Calgen series from Takemoto Yushi DYNOL604 manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Envirogem AD01, Orphine EXP series, Surfynol series, Footage 300 manufactured by Hishie Chemical Co., etc. can be used.
 アニオン性界面活性剤として、花王ケミカル社製のエマール20T、ポイズ 532A、TOHO社製のフォスファノール ML-200、クラリアントジャパン社製のEMULSOGENシリーズ、AGCセイミケミカル社製のサーフロンS-111N、サーフロンS-211、第一工業製薬社製のプライサーフシリーズ、竹本油脂社製のパイオニンシリーズ、日信化学工業社製のオルフィンPD-201、オルフィンPD-202、日本サーファクタント工業社製のAKYPO RLM45、ECT-3、ライオン社製のライポン、等を用いる事ができる。 As anionic surfactant, Kao Chemical's Emar 20T, Poise 532A, TOHO's Phosphanol ML-200, Clariant Japan's EMULSOGEN series, AGC Seimi Chemical's Surflon S-111N, Surflon S -211, Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku's Prisurf series, Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd. Pionein series, Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Orphine PD-201, Olphin PD-202, Nippon Surfactant Kogyo Co., Ltd. AKYPO RLM45, ECT -3, Lion manufactured by Lion, etc. can be used.
 カチオン性界面活性剤として、花王ケミカル社製のアセタミン24、アセタミン86等を用いる事ができる。 
 両性界面活性剤として、サーフロンS-131(AGCセイミケミカル社製)、エナジコールC-40H、リポミン LA (以上 花王ケミカル社製)等を用いる事ができる。
As the cationic surfactant, Acetamine 24, Acetamine 86, etc. manufactured by Kao Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used.
As an amphoteric surfactant, Surflon S-131 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Enajicol C-40H, Lipomin LA (manufactured by Kao Chemical Co., Ltd.) or the like can be used.
 またこれらの界面活性剤を混合して用いることもできる。 Also, these surfactants can be mixed and used.
 本発明のパターン形成方法では、基板上に上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成し得、この感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に上記トップコート組成物を用いてトップコート層を形成し得る。この感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚は、好ましくは10~100nmであり、トップコート層の膜厚は、好ましくは10~200nm、更に好ましくは20~100nm、特に好ましくは40~80nmである。 In the pattern forming method of the present invention, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be formed on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is formed. A top coat layer can be formed on the top coat composition. The film thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and the film thickness of the topcoat layer is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and particularly preferably 40 to 80 nm. It is.
 基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布する方法としては、スピン塗布が好ましく、その回転数は1000~3000rpmが好ましい。 As a method of applying the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on the substrate, spin coating is preferable, and the rotation speed is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
 例えば、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を精密集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン/二酸化シリコン被覆)上にスピナー、コーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布、乾燥し、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する。なお、予め公知の反射防止膜を塗設することもできる。また、トップコート層の形成前に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を乾燥することが好ましい。 For example, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate (eg, silicon / silicon dioxide coating) used for manufacturing a precision integrated circuit element by an appropriate application method such as a spinner or a coater. Dry to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. In addition, a known antireflection film can be applied in advance. Moreover, it is preferable to dry the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film before forming the topcoat layer.
 次いで、得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の形成方法と同様の手段によりトップコート組成物を塗布、乾燥し、トップコート層を形成することができる。 Next, on the obtained actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a topcoat composition is applied and dried by the same means as the method for forming an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and a topcoat layer is formed. can do.
 トップコート層を上層に有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に、通常はマスクを通して、電子線(EB)、X線又はEUV光を照射し、好ましくはベーク(加熱)を行い、現像する。これにより良好なパターンを得ることができる。
 [用途]
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、超LSIや高容量マイクロチップの製造などの半導体微細回路作成に好適に用いられる。なお、半導体微細回路作成時には、パターンを形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は回路形成やエッチングに供された後、残った感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜部は、最終的には溶剤等で除去されるため、プリント基板等に用いられるいわゆる永久レジストとは異なり、マイクロチップ等の最終製品には、本発明に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に由来する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は残存しない。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a top coat layer as an upper layer is usually irradiated with an electron beam (EB), X-ray or EUV light through a mask, and preferably baked (heated) and developed. Thereby, a good pattern can be obtained.
[Usage]
The pattern forming method of the present invention is suitably used for the production of semiconductor microcircuits such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips. When creating a semiconductor microcircuit, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a pattern formed thereon is subjected to circuit formation or etching, and the remaining actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film portion is finally Is removed with a solvent or the like, so that the final product such as a microchip is derived from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in the present invention, unlike so-called permanent resists used for printed boards and the like. No actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film remains.
 また、本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。 The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(office automation)・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。 The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (office automation) / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下、本発明を実施例により詳細に説明するが、本発明の内容がこれにより限定されるものではない。 
 <樹脂(Ab)の合成>
 合成例1:樹脂(Ab-5)の合成
 化合物(1)の50.00質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液9.16gと、7.22gの化合物(2)と、2.59gの化合物(3)と、5.60gの化合物(4)と、2.92gの重合開始剤V-601(和光純薬工業(株)製)とを、43.40gのシクロヘキサノンに溶解させた。反応容器中に11.99gのシクロヘキサノンを入れ、窒素ガス雰囲気下、85℃の系中に4時間かけて滴下した。反応溶液を2時間に亘って加熱撹拌した後、これを室温まで放冷した。
 上記反応溶液に20gの酢酸エチルを加えて希釈して、1000gのヘプタン中に滴下し、ポリマーを沈殿させ、ろ過した。300gのヘプタンを用いて、ろ過した固体のかけ洗いを行なった。その後、ろ過した固体に80gの酢酸エチルを加えた溶液を、1000gのヘプタン中に滴下し、ポリマーを沈殿させ、ろ過した。300gのヘプタンを用いて、ろ過した固体のかけ洗いを行なった。その後、洗浄後の固体を減圧乾燥に供して、9.60gの樹脂(Ab-5)を得た。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although an Example demonstrates this invention in detail, the content of this invention is not limited by this.
<Synthesis of Resin (Ab)>
Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin (Ab-5) 9.16 g of a 50.00 mass% cyclohexanone solution of Compound (1), 7.22 g of Compound (2), 2.59 g of Compound (3), 5 .60 g of compound (4) and 2.92 g of polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were dissolved in 43.40 g of cyclohexanone. 11.99 g of cyclohexanone was placed in the reaction vessel and dropped into the system at 85 ° C. in a nitrogen gas atmosphere over 4 hours. The reaction solution was heated and stirred for 2 hours, and then allowed to cool to room temperature.
The reaction solution was diluted by adding 20 g of ethyl acetate and dropped into 1000 g of heptane to precipitate the polymer, followed by filtration. The filtered solid was washed with 300 g of heptane. Then, the solution which added 80 g of ethyl acetate to the filtered solid was dripped in 1000 g of heptane, the polymer was precipitated, and it filtered. The filtered solid was washed with 300 g of heptane. Thereafter, the washed solid was subjected to vacuum drying to obtain 9.60 g of resin (Ab-5).
 得られた樹脂(Ab-5)について、GPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))測定により、重量平均分子量(Mw:ポリスチレン換算)、数平均分子量(Mn:ポリスチレン換算)及び分散度(Mw/Mn、以下「Pd」)を算出した。また、H-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)と13C-NMR測定により、組成比(モル比)を算出した。 The obtained resin (Ab-5) was measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)), weight average molecular weight (Mw: converted to polystyrene), number average molecular weight (Mn: converted to polystyrene), and dispersity (Mw / Mn, Hereinafter, “Pd”) was calculated. Further, the composition ratio (molar ratio) was calculated by 1 H-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance) and 13 C-NMR measurement.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
 なお、合成例1と同様の操作を行い、樹脂(Ab)として下記樹脂Ab-1~A-4、A-6~A-37を合成した。 The same operations as in Synthesis Example 1 were performed to synthesize the following resins Ab-1 to A-4 and A-6 to A-37 as the resin (Ab).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 〔比較用樹脂〕
 比較用樹脂として、下記樹脂を使用した。
[Comparative resin]
The following resins were used as comparative resins.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 以下、実施例及び比較例に用いた、光酸発生剤、塩基性化合物、疎水性樹脂、界面活性剤、溶剤、現像液及びリンス液を示す。
 〔光酸発生剤〕
 光酸発生剤としては先に挙げた酸発生剤z1~z30から適宜選択して用いた。
 〔塩基性化合物〕
Hereinafter, the photoacid generator, the basic compound, the hydrophobic resin, the surfactant, the solvent, the developing solution and the rinsing solution used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown.
[Photoacid generator]
The photoacid generator was appropriately selected from the acid generators z1 to z30 listed above.
[Basic compounds]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 〔疎水性樹脂〕 [Hydrophobic resin]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
 〔界面活性剤〕
 W-1:メガファックR08(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系)
 W-2:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系)
 W-3:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-4:PF6320(OMNOVA社製;フッ素系)
 〔溶剤〕
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)(沸点=146℃)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)(沸点=120℃)
 S-3:乳酸エチル(沸点=155℃)
 S-4:シクロヘキサノン(沸点=157℃)。
 〔現像液・リンス液〕
 G-1:酢酸ブチル
 G-2:2-ヘプタノン
 G-3:アニソール
 G-4:酢酸イソアミル
 G-5:TMAH;2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液
 G-6:4-メチル-2-ペンタノール
 G-7:1-ヘキサノール
 G-8:ウンデカン
 G-9:水
 <EB露光>
 (1)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の塗液調製及び塗設
 下記表1に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤に固形分で3.0質量%溶解させ、それぞれを0.1μm孔径のメンブレンフィルターで精密ろ過して、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)溶液を得た。
[Surfactant]
W-1: Megafuck R08 (Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .; fluorine and silicon)
W-2: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
W-3: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd .; fluorine-based)
W-4: PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA; fluorine-based)
〔solvent〕
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) (boiling point = 146 ° C.)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) (boiling point = 120 ° C.)
S-3: Ethyl lactate (boiling point = 155 ° C.)
S-4: Cyclohexanone (boiling point = 157 ° C.).
[Developer / Rinse solution]
G-1: Butyl acetate G-2: 2-Heptanone G-3: Anisole G-4: Isoamyl acetate G-5: TMAH; 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution G-6: 4-methyl-2 -Pentanol G-7: 1-Hexanol G-8: Undecane G-9: Water <EB exposure>
(1) Coating solution preparation and coating of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition The components shown in Table 1 below are dissolved in a solvent shown in the same table by 3.0% by mass in solid content, and each is 0.1 μm. Microfiltration was performed with a membrane filter having a pore size to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) solution.
 この感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。 This actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition solution was applied onto a 6-inch Si wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. It dried on the hotplate and obtained the resist film with a film thickness of 100 nm.
 (2)EB露光及び現像
 上記(1)で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、電子線描画装置((株)日立製作所製HL750、加速電圧50KeV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。この際、1:1のラインアンドスペースが形成されるように描画を行った。電子線描画後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱した後、表1に記載の有機系現像液をパドルして30秒間現像し、実施例および比較例の一部を除き、表1に記載のリンス液を用いてリンスをした。次いで、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間加熱を行うことにより、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのレジストパターンを得た。
 (3)レジストパターンの評価
 得られたレジストパターンを下記の方法で、孤立スペースパターンの解像力及びエッチング耐性について評価した。
(2) EB exposure and development The wafer coated with the resist film obtained in (1) above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam drawing apparatus (HL750 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., acceleration voltage 50 KeV). . At this time, drawing was performed so that a 1: 1 line and space was formed. After the electron beam drawing, the sample was heated on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 90 seconds, then padded with an organic developer described in Table 1 and developed for 30 seconds. The rinse was performed using the rinse solution described in 1. Next, the wafer was rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and then heated at 95 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a 1: 1 line and space resist pattern having a line width of 100 nm.
(3) Evaluation of resist pattern The obtained resist pattern was evaluated for the resolution and etching resistance of the isolated space pattern by the following method.
 〈孤立スペースパターンにおける解像力〉
 線幅100nmのライン:スペース=1:1のパターンを解像する時の照射エネルギーを感度(Eop)とし、上記Eopにおける孤立スペースパターン(ライン:スペース=>100:1)の限界解像力(ラインとスペースが分離解像する最小の線幅)を求めた。そして、この値を「孤立スペースパターンの解像力(nm)」とした。この値が小さいほど性能が良好であることを示す。結果を表1に示す。〈エッチング耐性〉
 上記(1)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の塗液調整及び塗設において、膜厚200nmのレジスト膜を形成した後、C(20mL/min)とO(40mL/min)との混合ガスを用いて、温度23℃の条件で30秒間に亘ってプラズマエッチングを行った。その後、残膜量を求め、エッチング速度を算出した。そして、以下の判定基準に基づいて、エッチング耐性を評価した。結果を表1に示す。
 (判定基準)
 A:エッチング速度が1nm/秒未満の場合
 B:エッチング速度が1nm/秒以上1.5nm/秒未満の場合
 C:エッチング速度が1.5nm/秒以上の場合
 〔その他の事項〕
 アルカリ現像液(G-5)を用いた場合は、露光マスクのパターンを反転させた露光マスクを使用して、パターン露光を行い、有機系現像液に代えて、アルカリ現像液(G-5)により現像を行い、上記と同様にして、レジスト組成物の調製、パターン形成を行い、レジストパターンを評価した。結果を表1に示す。
<Resolving power in isolated space pattern>
Irradiation energy when resolving a pattern with a line width of 100 nm: space = 1: 1 is sensitivity (Eop), and the limit resolution (line and space) of the isolated space pattern (line: space => 100: 1) in the above Eop The minimum line width at which the space is separated and resolved) was determined. This value was defined as “resolving power of isolated space pattern (nm)”. The smaller this value, the better the performance. The results are shown in Table 1. <Etching resistance>
In the coating liquid adjustment and coating of the above (1) actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film having a film thickness of 200 nm is formed, and then C 4 F 6 (20 mL / min) and O 2 (40 mL / min) are formed. plasma etching was performed for 30 seconds under the condition of a temperature of 23 ° C. Thereafter, the remaining film amount was determined, and the etching rate was calculated. And etching resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.
(Criteria)
A: When the etching rate is less than 1 nm / second B: When the etching rate is 1 nm / second or more and less than 1.5 nm / second C: When the etching rate is 1.5 nm / second or more [Other matters]
When the alkaline developer (G-5) is used, pattern exposure is performed using an exposure mask obtained by inverting the pattern of the exposure mask, and the alkaline developer (G-5) is used instead of the organic developer. The resist composition was prepared and patterned in the same manner as described above, and the resist pattern was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
 <EUV露光>
 (4)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の塗液調製及び塗設
 下記表2に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤に固形分で1.5質量%溶解させ、それぞれを0.05μm孔径のメンブレンフィルターで精密ろ過して、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)溶液を得た。
 この感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を得た。
 (5)EUV露光及び現像
 上記(4)で得られたレジスト膜の塗布されたウェハを、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。露光後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱した後、表2に記載の有機系現像液をパドルして30秒間現像し、実施例および比較例の一部を除き、表2に記載のリンス液を用いてリンスした。次いで、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行なうことにより、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのレジストパターンを得た。
<EUV exposure>
(4) Coating solution preparation and coating of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition The components shown in Table 2 below are dissolved in a solvent shown in the same table by 1.5% by mass in solid content, and each is 0.05 μm. Microfiltration was performed with a membrane filter having a pore size to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) solution.
This actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition solution was applied onto a 6-inch Si wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. It dried on the hotplate and obtained the resist film with a film thickness of 50 nm.
(5) EUV exposure and development The wafer coated with the resist film obtained in the above (4) is subjected to an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0, manufactured by Exitech) .36) and pattern exposure was performed using an exposure mask (line / space = 1/1). After exposure, after heating at 100 ° C. for 90 seconds on a hot plate, paddle the organic developer shown in Table 2 and develop for 30 seconds. Except for some examples and comparative examples, listed in Table 2. The rinsing solution was used for rinsing. Next, after rotating the wafer for 30 seconds at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm, baking was performed at 95 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a 1: 1 line and space pattern resist pattern having a line width of 50 nm.
 (6)レジストパターンの評価
 得られたレジストパターンを下記の方法で、孤立スペースパターンの解像力及びエッチング耐性について評価した。〈孤立スペースパターンにおける解像力〉
 線幅50nmのライン:スペース=1:1のパターンを解像する時の照射エネルギーを感度(Eop)とし、上記Eopにおける孤立スペースパターン(ライン:スペース=5:1)の限界解像力(ラインとスペースが分離解像する最小の線幅)を求めた。そして、この値を「解像力(nm)」とした。この値が小さいほど性能が良好であることを示す。結果を表2に示す。〈エッチング耐性〉
 上記(4)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の塗液調整及び塗設において、膜厚200nmのレジスト膜を形成した後、C(20mL/min)とO(40mL/min)との混合ガスを用いて、温度23℃の条件で30秒間に亘ってプラズマエッチングを行った。その後、残膜量を求め、エッチング速度を算出した。そして、以下の判定基準に基づいて、エッチング耐性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
 (判定基準)
 A:エッチング速度が1nm/秒未満の場合
 B:エッチング速度が1nm/秒以上1.5nm/秒未満の場合
 C:エッチング速度が1.5nm/秒以上の場合
 〔その他の事項〕
 アルカリ現像液(G-5)を用いた場合は、露光マスクのパターンを反転させた露光マスクを使用して、パターン露光を行い、有機系現像液に代えて、アルカリ現像液(G-5)により現像を行い、上記と同様にして、レジスト組成物の調製、パターン形成を行い、レジストパターンを評価した。結果を表2に示す。
(6) Evaluation of resist pattern The obtained resist pattern was evaluated for the resolution and etching resistance of the isolated space pattern by the following method. <Resolving power in isolated space pattern>
Irradiation energy when resolving a line: space = 1: 1 pattern having a line width of 50 nm is sensitivity (Eop), and the limiting resolution (line and space) of the isolated space pattern (line: space = 5: 1) in the above Eop. (Minimum line width for separating and resolving). This value was defined as “resolution (nm)”. The smaller this value, the better the performance. The results are shown in Table 2. <Etching resistance>
In the coating liquid adjustment and coating of the above (4) actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film having a film thickness of 200 nm is formed, and then C 4 F 6 (20 mL / min) and O 2 (40 mL / min) are formed. plasma etching was performed for 30 seconds under the condition of a temperature of 23 ° C. Thereafter, the remaining film amount was determined, and the etching rate was calculated. And etching resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 2.
(Criteria)
A: When the etching rate is less than 1 nm / second B: When the etching rate is 1 nm / second or more and less than 1.5 nm / second C: When the etching rate is 1.5 nm / second or more [Other matters]
When the alkaline developer (G-5) is used, pattern exposure is performed using an exposure mask obtained by inverting the pattern of the exposure mask, and the alkaline developer (G-5) is used instead of the organic developer. The resist composition was prepared and patterned in the same manner as described above, and the resist pattern was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097

Claims (14)

  1.  酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位として、少なくとも、下記一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂(Ab)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、
     前記膜を露光する工程、及び、
     露光後の前記膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、ネガ型のパターンを形成する工程
    を含むパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式中、
     A11は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A12は、単結合又は2価の芳香環基を表し、A13は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、L11は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R11は酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、r11は1以上の整数を表す。
     但し、A11及びA12の少なくとも一方は芳香環基を表す。A12が芳香環基であるとき、L11は2価の連結基を表し、この場合の連結基においてA12に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing at least a resin (Ab) containing a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group Forming a film using the composition;
    Exposing the film; and
    The pattern formation method including the process of developing the film | membrane after exposure using the developing solution containing an organic solvent, and forming a negative pattern.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Where
    A 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, A 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group. Represents a linking group, R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, and r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
    However, at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group. When A 12 is an aromatic ring group, L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
  2.  一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab2)により表される繰り返し単位である、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、
     R21は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R22は、置換基を表し、L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、p21は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q21は、0又は1以上の整数を表す。
    The pattern formation method of Claim 1 whose repeating unit represented by general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    Where
    R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 22 represents a substituent, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more. Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
  3.  一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab3)により表される繰り返し単位である、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式中、
     R31は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R32は、置換基を表し、L31は、2価の連結基を表し、A31は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A33は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、p31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、r31は、1以上の整数を表す。
     但し、L31により表される2価の連結基において、式中の芳香環基に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。
    The pattern formation method of Claim 1 whose repeating unit represented by general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    Where
    R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 32 represents a substituent, L 31 represents a divalent linking group, A 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and A 33 Represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
    However, in the divalent linking group represented by L 31 , the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
  4.  樹脂(Ab)が更に下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     式中、
     R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R42はAr又はXと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
     Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。ここで、R64は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
     Lは、単結合、-COO-、又はアルキレン基を表す。
     Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成している場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
     nは、1~4の整数を表す。
    The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the resin (Ab) further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    Where
    R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 42 may form a ring with Ar 4 or X 4, R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
    X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. Here, R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
    Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
    n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  5.  一般式(Ab1)中のR11により表される酸の作用により脱離する基が、下記一般式(ALG1)又は(ALG2)により表される基である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     一般式(ALG1)中、
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表し、Rは、置換基を表す。RとRとが互いに結合し、環を形成してもよい。
     一般式(ALG2)中、
     R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。R、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The group which is eliminated by the action of an acid represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1) is a group represented by the following general formula (ALG1) or (ALG2). The pattern forming method according to item.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In general formula (ALG1),
    R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents a substituent. R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    In general formula (ALG2),
    R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  6.  前記露光が、電子線又は極紫外線による露光である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 6. The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the exposure is exposure with an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
  7.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further comprises a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  8.  感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、
     前記膜を露光する工程、及び
     露光後の前記膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、ネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
    を含むパターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であり、
     酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位として、少なくとも、下記一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂(Ab)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     式中、
     A11は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A12は、単結合又は2価の芳香環基を表し、A13は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、L11は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R11は酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、r11は1以上の整数を表す。
     但し、A11及びA12の少なくとも一方は芳香環基を表す。A12が芳香環基であるとき、L11は2価の連結基を表し、この場合の連結基においてA12に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。
    Forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
    A step of exposing the film, and a step of developing the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern,
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method comprising:
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing at least a resin (Ab) containing a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab1) as a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group Composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    Where
    A 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 12 represents a single bond or a divalent aromatic ring group, A 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent group. Represents a linking group, R 11 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, and r 11 represents an integer of 1 or more.
    However, at least one of A 11 and A 12 represents an aromatic ring group. When A 12 is an aromatic ring group, L 11 represents a divalent linking group, and an atom directly bonded to A 12 in the linking group in this case is not an oxygen atom.
  9.  一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab2)により表される繰り返し単位である、請求項8に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     式中、
     R21は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R22は、置換基を表し、L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、p21は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、q21は、0又は1以上の整数を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 8, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    Where
    R 21 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 22 represents a substituent, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and p 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more. Q 21 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
  10.  一般式(Ab1)により表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(Ab3)により表される繰り返し単位である、請求項8に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
     式中、
     R31は、酸の作用により脱離する基を表し、R32は、置換基を表し、L31は、2価の連結基を表し、p31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、A31は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、A33は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、q31は、0又は1以上の整数を表し、r31は、1以上の整数を表す。
     但し、L31により表される2価の連結基において、式中の芳香環基に直接結合する原子は酸素原子ではない。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 8, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (Ab1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (Ab3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    Where
    R 31 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, R 32 represents a substituent, L 31 represents a divalent linking group, p 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and A 31 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, A 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, q 31 represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, and r 31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
    However, in the divalent linking group represented by L 31 , the atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring group in the formula is not an oxygen atom.
  11.  樹脂(Ab)が更に下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項8~10のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
     式中、
     R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R42はAr又はXと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
     Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。ここで、R64は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
     Lは、単結合、-COO-、又はアルキレン基を表す。
     Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成している場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
     nは、1~4の整数を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the resin (Ab) further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    Where
    R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 42 may form a ring with Ar 4 or X 4, R 42 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
    X 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. Here, R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    L 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or an alkylene group.
    Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 42 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
    n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  12.  一般式(Ab1)中のR11により表される酸の作用により脱離する基が、下記一般式(ALG1)又は(ALG2)により表される基である、請求項8~11のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
     一般式(ALG1)中、
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表し、Rは、置換基を表す。RとRとが互いに結合し、環を形成してもよい。
     一般式(ALG2)中、
     R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。R、R及びRから選択される2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The group represented by the following general formula (ALG1) or (ALG2) is a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid represented by R 11 in the general formula (Ab1). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to Item.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    In general formula (ALG1),
    R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents a substituent. R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    In general formula (ALG2),
    R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two selected from R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  13.  請求項8~12のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film comprising the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 8 to 12.
  14.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。 An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
PCT/JP2016/053983 2015-02-27 2016-02-10 Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device WO2016136476A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017502055A JP6476276B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-02-10 Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and method for producing electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-038897 2015-02-27
JP2015038897 2015-02-27
JP2015050898 2015-03-13
JP2015-050898 2015-03-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016136476A1 true WO2016136476A1 (en) 2016-09-01

Family

ID=56788421

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/053983 WO2016136476A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-02-10 Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6476276B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201640226A (en)
WO (1) WO2016136476A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018036614A (en) * 2016-09-02 2018-03-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
WO2018094960A1 (en) * 2016-11-28 2018-05-31 湖北固润科技股份有限公司 Cinnamic acid benzoyl methyl ester compound and preparation method therefor and use thereof
WO2019044231A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TWI685715B (en) * 2017-11-24 2020-02-21 南韓商Lg化學股份有限公司 Photoresist composition and photoresist film using the same
WO2020203670A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Process solution and pattern-forming method
WO2023140191A1 (en) * 2022-01-21 2023-07-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007206638A (en) * 2006-02-06 2007-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2007248513A (en) * 2006-03-13 2007-09-27 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern-forming method using it
JP2007256639A (en) * 2006-03-23 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2008197480A (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2011070029A (en) * 2009-09-25 2011-04-07 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2013080002A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-05-02 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, electron beam sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray sensitive resin composition and resist film, and method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device using the same
JP2015031851A (en) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using the same, and electronic device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007206638A (en) * 2006-02-06 2007-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2007248513A (en) * 2006-03-13 2007-09-27 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern-forming method using it
JP2007256639A (en) * 2006-03-23 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2008197480A (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2011070029A (en) * 2009-09-25 2011-04-07 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2013080002A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-05-02 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, electron beam sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray sensitive resin composition and resist film, and method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device using the same
JP2015031851A (en) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using the same, and electronic device

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018036614A (en) * 2016-09-02 2018-03-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
KR20180026334A (en) * 2016-09-02 2018-03-12 도오꾜오까고오교 가부시끼가이샤 Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
KR102430618B1 (en) * 2016-09-02 2022-08-08 도오꾜오까고오교 가부시끼가이샤 Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
WO2018094960A1 (en) * 2016-11-28 2018-05-31 湖北固润科技股份有限公司 Cinnamic acid benzoyl methyl ester compound and preparation method therefor and use thereof
JPWO2019044231A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2020-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20200033908A (en) * 2017-08-31 2020-03-30 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7016873B2 (en) 2017-08-31 2022-02-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
KR102404436B1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2022-06-02 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019044231A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TWI685715B (en) * 2017-11-24 2020-02-21 南韓商Lg化學股份有限公司 Photoresist composition and photoresist film using the same
US11537046B2 (en) 2017-11-24 2022-12-27 Lg Chem, Ltd. Photoresist composition and photoresist film using the same
WO2020203670A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Process solution and pattern-forming method
JPWO2020203670A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08
JP7292378B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2023-06-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Treatment liquid, pattern forming method
WO2023140191A1 (en) * 2022-01-21 2023-07-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2016136476A1 (en) 2017-12-07
TW201640226A (en) 2016-11-16
JP6476276B2 (en) 2019-02-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5873826B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5836299B2 (en) PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, ELECTRON-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME UV-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THEM
JP5850873B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6163438B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, electronic device, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film
JP5909580B2 (en) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ELECTRON-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME UV-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THEM
JP5894953B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5965855B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and resin
JP6209344B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, and electronic device manufacturing method using these
JP6476276B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and method for producing electronic device
JP6134603B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2016136481A1 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device using these, and electronic device
JP5799050B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6118586B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2014141807A1 (en) Pattern forming method, composition kit, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using pattern forming method, and electronic device
JP6195523B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method using the same, and electronic device
WO2016194838A1 (en) Method for forming reverse pattern, composition for image reversal and method for manufacturing electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16755223

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017502055

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16755223

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1